
Received: from cnri by ietf.org id aa03841; 2 Jun 97 8:39 EDT
Received: from list.nih.gov by CNRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04955; 2 Jun 97 8:39 EDT
Received: from list.nih.gov (terrific.net.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
	by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id IAA26325;
	Mon, 2 Jun 1997 08:32:00 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from LIST.NIH.GOV by LIST.NIH.GOV (LISTSERV-TCP/IP release 1.8c) with
          spool id 2728699 for TN3270E@LIST.NIH.GOV; Mon, 2 Jun 1997 08:31:55
          -0400
Received: from gw.nist.gov (firewall-user@gw.nist.gov [129.6.92.30]) by
          list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with SMTP id IAA26058 for
          <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>; Mon, 2 Jun 1997 08:21:53 -0400 (EDT)
Received: by gw.nist.gov; id IAA20826; Mon, 2 Jun 1997 08:23:51 -0400
Received: from trex.nist.gov(129.6.17.17) by gw.nist.gov via smap (3.2) id
          xma020822; Mon, 2 Jun 97 08:23:47 -0400
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1]) by trex.nist.gov (AIX4.2/UCB
          8.7/8.7) with SMTP id IAA28324; Mon, 2 Jun 1997 08:21:47 -0400 (EDT)
From: dangona@nist.gov
Date: Mon, 2 Jun 1997 08:21:47 -0400 (EDT)
To: kennethw@vnet.ibm.com
cc: tn3270e@list.nih.gov
Subject: Re: <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt>
In-Reply-To: <199705310113.VAA11418@list.nih.gov>
Message-ID: <Pine.A41.3.96.970602080909.22120H-100000@trex.nist.gov>
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; charset=US-ASCII
Sender: owner-tn3270e@list.nih.gov

I believe there is a real need for this kind of effort.

I think every new application should include some kind of
application-level performance information. I realize it can be difficult
agreeing on the 'how to' portion of an RFC - this process has been going
on for years, but once done, a real product is likely the result. That
real product requires support. Having to support real users in the real
world typically means having to address performance issues/bugs. Sorting
out the causes can be difficult, especially in increasingly complex
networks. Having access to this kind of information would be of immense
help to the companies' sysadmins you sell your product to.  It would also
help your own support staff.

Monitoring can create a lot of overhead, so it would be nice if
the monitoring can be turned off and on as needed.

--
All opinions are my own, not those of my employer
--
Steve D'Angona
dangona@nist.gov

On Fri, 30 May 1997 kennethw@VNET.IBM.COM wrote:

> Date: Fri, 30 May 97 20:58:38 EDT
> From: kennethw@VNET.IBM.COM
> To: tn3270e@list.nih.gov
> Subject: <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt>
>
> I work with Ed Bailey and have been involved with configuration of
> a TN3270 and TN3270E Server for a number of years, was a Performance
> Monitor Application developer and have been involved in several of
> the Network Management Area working groups. I have submitted the
> attached internet draft to address a need for TN3270 Configuring,
> monitoring and correlation of a TN3270 or TN3270E session with its
> corresponding TCP Connection.
>
> The monitoring portion is fairly basic, essentially the TCP Round-trip
> ACK, and will certainly need to be enhanced to provide more vigorous
> support. Please take a look at the draft and provide feedback. The text
> portion is somewhat brief since I expect that substantial changes will
> have to be made as the result of discussion.
>
> Ken
> ---------------------------------------------------------------------
>
>
>
>
>
>
> TN3270E Working Group
> INTERNET DRAFT: <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt)     Kenneth White
> Expiration Date: November, 1997
>                                                                IBM Corp.
>
>                                                                 May 1997
>
>                    Definitions of Managed Objects for
>                            TN3270 Using SMIv2
>
>                  <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt>
>
>
> Status of this Memo
>
>   This document is an Internet Draft. Internet Drafts are working
>   documents of the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF), its Areas,
>   and its Working Groups. Note that other groups may also distribute
>   working documents as Internet Drafts.
>
>   Internet Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of six
>   months. Internet Drafts may be updated, replaced, or obsoleted by
>   other documents at any time. It is not appropriate to use Internet
>   Drafts as reference material or to cite them other than as a "working
>   draft" or "work in progress."
>
>   Please check the I-D abstract listing contained in each Internet
>   Draft directory to learn the current status of this or any Internet
>   Draft. Distribution of this document is unlimited.
>
> Abstract
>
>   The purpose of this memo is to define the Management Information Base
>   (MIB) for configuring and monitoring TN3270 and TN3270E sessions.
>   The monitoring portion of the MIB is limited to AUGMENTation of
>   the TCP Connection Table (RFC 2012) with a set of objects collected
>   from the TCP Layer. It is the intent of this MIB to
>   fully adhere to all prerequisite MIBs unless explicitly stated.
>   Deviations will be documented in corresponding conformance statements.
>   The specification of this MIB will utilize the
>   Structure of Management Information (SMI) for Version 2 of the
>   Simple Network Management Protocol Version (refer to RFC1902,
>   reference [1]).
>
>
>
>   Table of Contents
>
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                           [Page 1]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>   1.0 Introduction............................................. 2
>   2.0 The SNMPv2 Network Management Framework.................. 2
>   2.1 Object Definitions....................................... 3
>   3.0 Structure of the MIB..................................... 3
>   3.1 Base TN3270 MIB Definitions.............................. 3
>   3.2 MIB Definitions for AUGMENTing the TCP Connection Table.. 3
>   4.0 Definitions.............................................. 4
>   5.0 Security Considerations.................................. 30
>   6.0 Acknowledgments.......................................... 31
>   7.0 References............................................... 31
>   8.0 Authors' Addresses....................................... 33
>
>
> 1.  Introduction
>
>   This document is a product of the TN3270E Working Group. Its purpose
>   is to define a MIB module for extending the traditional MIBs supported
>   by a TCP/IP implementation for configuring and monitoring of TN3270
>   and TN3270E sessions.
>
>
> 2.  The SNMPv2 Network Management Framework
>
>   The SNMP Network Management Framework presently consists of three
>   major components.  They are:
>
>   o the SMI, described in RFC 1902 [1], - the mechanisms used for
>     describing and naming objects for the purpose of management.
>
>   o the MIB-II, STD 17, RFC 1213 [5], - the core set of managed
>     objects for the Internet suite of protocols.
>
>   o the protocol, RFC 1157 [9] and/or RFC 1905 [7] - the protocol
>     for accessing managed information.
>
>   Textual conventions are defined in RFC 1903 [6], and conformance
>   statements are defined in RFC 1904 [8].
>
>   The Framework permits new objects to be defined for the purpose of
>   experimentation and evaluation.
>
>   This memo specifies a MIB module that is compliant to the SNMPv2 SMI.
>   A semantically identical MIB conforming to the SNMPv1 SMI can be
>   produced through the appropriate translation.
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                           [Page 2]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
> 2.1.  Object Definitions
>
>   Managed objects are accessed via a virtual information store, termed
>   the Management Information Base or MIB.  Objects in the MIB are
>   defined using the subset of Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1)
>   defined in the SMI.  In particular, each object object type is named
>   by an OBJECT IDENTIFIER, an administratively assigned name.  The
>   object type together with an object instance serves to uniquely
>   identify a specific instantiation of the object.  For human
>   convenience, we often use a textual string, termed the descriptor, to
>   refer to the object type.
>
>
>
> 3.  Structure of the MIB
>
>   The TN3270-MIB is split into the following components:
>
>     o Base TN3270 MIB Definitions
>     o MIB Definitions for AUGMENTing the TCP Connection Table
>
>
>
> 3.1.  Base TN3270 MIB Definitions
>
>   The collection of MIB Objects defined by the tn3270BasicGroup.  This
>   group of objects provides for TN3270 and TN3270E configuration.
>
>
> 3.2.  MIB Definitions for AUGMENTing the TCP Connection Table
>
>   The TCP Connection Table is defined by RFC 2012 (Refer to reference
>   10, TCP-MIB Definitions). Traditionally, the contents of the TCP
>   Connection Table has been implementation dependent.  Its formal
>   definition consists of the following objects:
>
>      o tcpConnState (INTEGER)
>      o tcpConnLocalAddress (IpAddress)
>      o tcpConnLocalPort (INTEGER)
>      o tcpConnRemAddress (IpAddress)
>      o tcpConnRemPort (INTEGER)
>
>   and is indexed by: tcpConnLocalAddress, tcpConnLocalPort,
>   tcpConnRemAddress and tcpConnRemPort. The tn3270TcpConnTableGroup
>   contains the objects defined by the tn3270TcpConnTable for AUGMENTing
>   the tcpConnTable. The objects contained within the
>   tn3270TcpConnTableGroup can be set by either a TN3270 or TN3270E
>   Server or if TCP specific by the TCP Stack.
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                           [Page 3]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
> 4.  Definitions
>
>   TN3270-MIB DEFINITIONS ::= BEGIN
>
>   IMPORTS
>       MODULE-IDENTITY, OBJECT-TYPE,
>       experimental, Integer32, IpAddress, TimeTicks
>           FROM SNMPv2-SMI
>       TEXTUAL-CONVENTION, RowStatus, TruthValue,
>       DisplayString
>           FROM SNMPv2-TC
>       MODULE-COMPLIANCE, OBJECT-GROUP
>           FROM SNMPv2-CONF
>       InterfaceIndex, InterfaceIndexOrZero
>           FROM IF-MIB
>       tcpConnEntry
>           FROM TCP-MIB
>       ;
>
>   tn3270MIB MODULE-IDENTITY
>       LAST-UPDATED "9705300000Z" -- May 30, 1997
>       ORGANIZATION "TN3270E Working Group"
>       CONTACT-INFO
>           "Kenneth White (kennethw@vnet.ibm.com)
>            IBM Corp."
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This module defines a portion of the management
>           information base (MIB) for configuring and monitoring
>           TN3270 and TN3270E sessions."
>       -- Need an experimental OID from IANA
>       ::= { experimental 2001 }
>
>   -- Textual Conventions
>
>   VariableName ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "A up to 8 octet string name, were a  percent sign, '%',
>           can be used to represent one arbitrary character or an
>           asterisk , '*', to represent an arbitrary string of
>           characters. If an asterisk is specified it must appear
>           as the last character in the octet string."
>       SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>
>
>   -- Top-level structure of the MIB
>
>   tn3270Objects        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270MIB 1 }
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                           [Page 4]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>   tn3270Notifications  OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270MIB 2 }
>   tn3270Conformance    OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270MIB 3 }
>
>   -- MIB Objects
>
>   tn3270Control         OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270Objects 1 }
>
>   tn3270Port   OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      Integer32 (1..65535)
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "Indicates the port for use by the TN3270/TN3270E Server.
>           Port 23 is the well known Telnet port and if the default."
>       DEFVAL { 23 }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 1 }
>
>   tn3270InactivityTimer OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      Integer32 (0..99999999)
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The inactivity time-out specified in seconds. When a
>           connection has been inactive for the number of seconds
>           specified by this object it is closed. The default of
>           0 means no inactivity time-out."
>       DEFVAL { 0 }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 2 }
>
>   tn3270Timemark OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      Integer32
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The TIMEMARK processing time-out specified in seconds.
>           A value of 0 disables this function."
>       DEFVAL { 600 }   -- 10 minutes
>       ::= { tn3270Control 3 }
>
>   tn3270ScanInterval OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      Integer32
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The scan interval to be used by the Telnet Server.
>           TIMEMARK processing scans the Telnet sessions every
>           tn3270ScanInterval period (specified in seconds) for
>           sessions that have been idle for more than the value
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                           [Page 5]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>           if tn3270Timemark. Sessions that are idle more than
>           the value of tn3270Timemark are checked by sending a
>           Telnet IAC Timemark command.
>
>           A value of 0 implies that TIMEMARK processing is
>           not in effect."
>       DEFVAL { 120 }   -- 2 minutes
>       ::= { tn3270Control 4 }
>
>   tn3270BinaryLineMode OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      TruthValue
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "A value of true(1) for this object allows incoming
>           Telnet line-mode sessions to operate in binary mode."
>       DEFVAL { false }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 5 }
>
>   tn3270DisableSga OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      TruthValue
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "A value of true(1) for this object suppresses the
>           transmission of GO AHEADs by Telnet. This must be
>           negotiated by both client and server. Selection of this
>           option reduces the overhead for a full duplex terminal
>           and a full duplex connection."
>       DEFVAL { false }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 6 }
>
>   tn3270AdminStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX  INTEGER {
>                         up(1),
>                         down(2)
>                       }
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The desired state of the Telnet Server."
>       ::= { tn3270Control 7 }
>
>   tn3270OperStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX  INTEGER {
>                         up(1),
>                         down(2)
>                       }
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                           [Page 6]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-only
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The current operational state of the Telnet Server."
>       ::= { tn3270Control 8 }
>
>   tn3270DefaultApplName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX  DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The default Application to use. Typically this is an
>           initial application which is either a network solictor or
>           front-end menu system.
>
>           A null length octet string implies no default is in effect."
>       DEFVAL { ''H }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 9 }
>
>   tn3270DefaultApplIpAddress OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX  IpAddress
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The default Application's IP Address. A value of 0 implies
>           no IP Address has been set."
>       DEFVAL { 0 }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 10 }
>
>   tn3270DefaultApplIpGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX  DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The IP Group name to be used with the default Application.
>           A null octet string implies that IP Group name has not
>           been specified."
>       DEFVAL { ''H }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 11 }
>
>   tn3270DefaultApplIfIndex OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX  InterfaceIndexOrZero
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The ifEntry to be used by the default Application.
>           A value of 0 implies that this object has not been set."
>       DEFVAL { 0 }
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                           [Page 7]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>       ::= { tn3270Control 12 }
>
>   tn3270TelnetAppl OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX  DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The application to which to connect when a Telnet Client
>           establishes a 3270 connection."
>       DEFVAL { ''H }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 13 }
>
>   tn3270LmApplName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX  DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The Application to use when a Telnet Client establishes
>           a line-mode connection.
>
>           A null length octet string implies not set."
>       DEFVAL { ''H }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 14 }
>
>   tn3270LmApplIpAddress OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX  IpAddress
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The line-mode Application's IP Address. A value of 0 implies
>           no IP Address has been set."
>       DEFVAL { 0 }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 15 }
>
>   tn3270LmApplIpGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX  DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The IP Group name to be used with the line-mode Application.
>           A null octet string implies that IP Group name has not
>           been specified."
>       DEFVAL { ''H }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 16 }
>
>   tn3270LmApplIfIndex OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX  InterfaceIndexOrZero
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                           [Page 8]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The ifEntry to be used by the line-mode Application.
>           A value of 0 implies that this object has not been set."
>       DEFVAL { 0 }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 17 }
>
>   tn3270UsstcpTableName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX  DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The name of USS definition table for message 10. This
>           applies to 3270 devices only. It allows the mapping of
>           a customized USS message 1- screen to either a remote IP
>           address or a network interface using transparent-mode
>           operation to use as a Telnet logon screen.
>
>           A null length octet string implies not set."
>       DEFVAL { ''H }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 18 }
>
>   tn3270UsstcpIpAddress OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX  IpAddress
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The USSTCP function's IP Address. A value of 0 implies
>           no IP Address has been set."
>       DEFVAL { 0 }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 19 }
>
>   tn3270UsstcpIpGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX  DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The IP Group name to be used with USSTCP processing.
>           A null octet string implies that IP Group name has not
>           been specified."
>       DEFVAL { ''H }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 20 }
>
>   tn3270UsstcpIfIndex OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX  InterfaceIndexOrZero
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                           [Page 9]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>          "The ifEntry to be used by USSTCP processing.
>           A value of 0 implies that this object has not been set."
>       DEFVAL { 0 }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 21 }
>
>   tn3270SessionTermState OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX  INTEGER {
>                         terminate(1),
>                         luSessionPend(2),
>                         queueSession(3)
>                       }
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The current state for determining what happens when
>          Telnet connection terminates:
>
>          terminate(1)     => Terminate connection.
>          luSessionPend(2) => Allows the client's session to revert
>                              to their Default Application upon
>                              termination of their Telnet connection.
>          queueSession(3)  => ????"
>       DEFVAL { terminate }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 22 }
>
>   tn3270Msg07Enabled OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX  TruthValue
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The value of this object determines what happens when a
>          Telnet connection is trying to establish the connection
>          but goes down due to an error. Setting this object to
>          true(1) causes a USSMSG 7 (or other error type USSMSG) to
>          be displayed. The default is, false(2), to break the connection
>          without any indication of what the error was."
>       DEFVAL { false }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 23 }
>
>   tn3270OldSolicitorEnabled OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX  TruthValue
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>          "The value of this object determines where the cursor is placed
>          on the Telnet solicitor screen. Setting this object to true(1)
>          causes the cursor to be placed on the userid entry of the
>          solicitor screen for the first display only. The default
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 10]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>          (false(2) is to put the cursor on the application entry of the
>          solicitor screen."
>       DEFVAL { false }
>       ::= { tn3270Control 24 }
>
>
>   -- The ALLOWAPPL Table definitions
>
>   tn3270AllowApplTable OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270AllowApplEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The Applications that the Telnet Server can access."
>       ::= { tn3270Objects 2 }
>
>   tn3270AllowApplEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      Tn3270AllowApplEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "Information about a single Application that the Telnet
>           Server can access.
>
>           An Application can be qualified with a list of LUs by
>           adding entries to the tn3270AllowApplLuTable. The
>           tn3270AllowApplLuTable is indexed by tn3270AllowApplName
>           and tn3270AllowApplLuName."
>       INDEX       { tn3270AllowApplName }
>       ::= { tn3270AllowApplTable 1 }
>
>   Tn3270AllowApplEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>       tn3270AllowApplName           VariableName,
>       tn3270AllowApplDisconnect     TruthValue,
>       tn3270AllowApplRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>   tn3270AllowApplName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      VariableName
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The name of the application that can be accessed."
>       ::= { tn3270AllowApplEntry 1 }
>
>   tn3270AllowApplDisconnect OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      TruthValue
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 11]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "When set to true this allows the application to be
>           notified to disconnect rather than log off a user when
>           the session is dropped."
>       DEFVAL { false }
>       ::= { tn3270AllowApplEntry 2 }
>
>   tn3270AllowApplRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      RowStatus
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>           tn3270AllowApplTable.
>
>           When an entry in the tn3270AllowApplTable is deleted
>           deleted (by setting this object to destroy(6)), this has
>           the side-effect of removing all entries from the
>           tn3270AllowApplLuTable that are associated with the
>           entry being deleted."
>       REFERENCE
>           "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>           Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>       ::= { tn3270AllowApplEntry 3 }
>
>   tn3270AllowApplLuTable OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270AllowApplLuEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The LUs associated with a tn3270AllowApplEntry.
>            Use of this table is optional. The preferred method of
>            associating LUs to Applications is via the
>            tn3270LuMapTable."
>       ::= { tn3270Objects 3 }
>
>   tn3270AllowApplLuEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      Tn3270AllowApplLuEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "Definition of a single LU associated with a
>           tn3270AllowApplEntry."
>       INDEX       { tn3270AllowApplName, tn3270AllowApplLuName }
>       ::= { tn3270AllowApplLuTable 1 }
>
>   Tn3270AllowApplLuEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>       tn3270AllowApplLuName           DisplayString,
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 12]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>       tn3270AllowApplLuRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>   tn3270AllowApplLuName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The name of a LU associated with an Application."
>       ::= { tn3270AllowApplLuEntry 1 }
>
>   tn3270AllowApplLuRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      RowStatus
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>           tn3270AllowApplLuTable.
>
>           When an entry in the tn3270AllowApplTable is deleted
>           deleted (by setting this object to destroy(6)) it has no
>           effect on the associating tn3270AllowApplEntry."
>       REFERENCE
>           "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>           Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>       ::= { tn3270AllowApplLuEntry 2 }
>
>   -- The RESTRICTAPPL Table definitions
>
>   tn3270RestrictApplTable OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270RestrictApplEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The Applications that the Telnet Server provides
>            restricted access."
>       ::= { tn3270Objects 4 }
>
>   tn3270RestrictApplEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      Tn3270RestrictApplEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "Definition of a single restricted Application that the Telnet
>           Server can access.
>
>           An Application is qualified with a list of users that are
>           allowed access to the application via the
>           tn3270RestrictApplUserTable."
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 13]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>       INDEX       { tn3270RestrictApplName }
>       ::= { tn3270RestrictApplTable 1 }
>
>   Tn3270RestrictApplEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>       tn3270RestrictApplName           VariableName,
>       tn3270RestrictApplDisconnect     TruthValue,
>       tn3270RestrictApplRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>   tn3270RestrictApplName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      VariableName
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The name of the application that can be accessed."
>       ::= { tn3270RestrictApplEntry 1 }
>
>   tn3270RestrictApplDisconnect OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      TruthValue
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "When set to true this allows the application to be
>           notified to disconnect rather than log off a user when
>           the session is dropped."
>       DEFVAL { false }
>       ::= { tn3270RestrictApplEntry 2 }
>
>   tn3270RestrictApplRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      RowStatus
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>           tn3270RestrictApplTable.
>
>           When an entry in the tn3270RestrictApplTable is deleted
>           deleted (by setting this object to destroy(6)), this has
>           the side-effect of removing all entries from the
>           tn3270RestrictApplUserTable that are associated with the
>           entry being deleted."
>       REFERENCE
>           "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>           Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>       ::= { tn3270RestrictApplEntry 3 }
>
>   tn3270RestrictApplUserTable OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270RestrictApplUserEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 14]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The Users associated with a tn3270RestrictApplEntry."
>       ::= { tn3270Objects 5 }
>
>   tn3270RestrictApplUserEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      Tn3270RestrictApplUserEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "Definition of a single User associated with a
>           tn3270RestrictApplEntry."
>       INDEX       { tn3270RestrictApplName, tn3270RestrictApplUserName }
>       ::= { tn3270RestrictApplUserTable 1 }
>
>   Tn3270RestrictApplUserEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>       tn3270RestrictApplUserName           DisplayString,
>       tn3270RestrictApplUserRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>   tn3270RestrictApplUserName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The name of a User allowed access with the corresponding
>            Application."
>       ::= { tn3270RestrictApplUserEntry 1 }
>
>   tn3270RestrictApplUserRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      RowStatus
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>           tn3270RestrictApplUserTable.
>
>           When an entry in the tn3270RestrictApplTable is deleted
>           deleted (by setting this object to destroy(6)) it has no
>           effect on the associating tn3270RestrictApplEntry.
>           However, corresponding tn3270RestrictApplULuTable entries
>           are deleted."
>       REFERENCE
>           "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>           Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>       ::= { tn3270RestrictApplUserEntry 2 }
>
>   tn3270RestrictApplULuTable OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270RestrictApplULuEntry
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 15]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The LUs associated with a Restricted Application User.
>           Use of this table is optional. The preferred method of
>           associating LUs with Applications is via the
>           tn3270LuMapTable."
>       ::= { tn3270Objects 6 }
>
>   tn3270RestrictApplULuEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      Tn3270RestrictApplULuEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "Definition of a single LU associated with a
>           tn3270RestrictApplLuEntry."
>       INDEX       { tn3270RestrictApplName, tn3270RestrictApplUserName,
>                     tn3270RestrictApplULuName }
>       ::= { tn3270RestrictApplULuTable 1 }
>
>   Tn3270RestrictApplULuEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>       tn3270RestrictApplULuName           DisplayString,
>       tn3270RestrictApplULuRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>   tn3270RestrictApplULuName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The name of an LU."
>       ::= { tn3270RestrictApplULuEntry 1 }
>
>   tn3270RestrictApplULuRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      RowStatus
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>           tn3270RestrictApplULuTable.
>
>           When an entry in the tn3270RestrictApplULuTable is deleted
>           deleted (by setting this object to destroy(6)) it has no
>           effect on the associating tn3270RestrictApplUserEntry."
>       REFERENCE
>           "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>           Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>       ::= { tn3270RestrictApplULuEntry 2 }
>
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 16]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>   tn3270IpGroupTable OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270IpGroupEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This table defines IP Address grouping for use by the
>           Telnet Server."
>       ::= { tn3270Objects 7 }
>
>   tn3270IpGroupEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      Tn3270IpGroupEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "Definition of a single IP Address entry. All entries with
>           the same 1st index, tn3270IpGroupName are considered to
>           be in the same IP Group."
>       INDEX       { tn3270IpGroupName, tn3270IpGroupIpAddress }
>       ::= { tn3270IpGroupTable 1 }
>
>   Tn3270IpGroupEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>       tn3270IpGroupName           DisplayString,
>       tn3270IpGroupIpAddress      IpAddress,
>       tn3270IpGroupSubnetMask     IpAddress,
>       tn3270IpGroupIpSubnet       IpAddress,
>       tn3270IpGroupRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>   tn3270IpGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The name of a IP Group."
>       ::= { tn3270IpGroupEntry 1 }
>
>   tn3270IpGroupIpAddress OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      IpAddress
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The IP Address of a member of a IP Group."
>       ::= { tn3270IpGroupEntry 2 }
>
>   tn3270IpGroupSubnetMask OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      IpAddress
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 17]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>           "The corresponding subnet mask associated with
>            tn3270IpGroupIpSubnet."
>       ::= { tn3270IpGroupEntry 3 }
>
>   tn3270IpGroupIpSubnet OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      IpAddress
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The IP Subnet to be used with the objects
>           tn3270IpGroupIpAddress and tn3270IpGroupSubnetMask."
>       ::= { tn3270IpGroupEntry 4 }
>
>   tn3270IpGroupRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      RowStatus
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>           tn3270IpGroupTable.
>
>           An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
>           to destroy(6)."
>       REFERENCE
>           "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>           Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>       ::= { tn3270IpGroupEntry 5 }
>
>   tn3270LuGroupTable OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270LuGroupEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This table defines LU groups for use by the
>           Telnet Server."
>       ::= { tn3270Objects 8 }
>
>   tn3270LuGroupEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      Tn3270LuGroupEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "Definition of a single LU Group member. All entries with
>           the same 1st index, tn3270LuGroupName are considered to
>           be in the same LU Group.
>
>           The first entry in this table is used for defining the
>           default LU Group. By convention tn3270LuGroupName should
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 18]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>           be set to 8 blanks to represent this entry."
>       INDEX       { tn3270LuGroupName, tn3270LuGroupLuName }
>       ::= { tn3270LuGroupTable 1 }
>
>   Tn3270LuGroupEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>       tn3270LuGroupName           DisplayString,
>       tn3270LuGroupLuName         DisplayString,
>       tn3270LuGroupRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>   tn3270LuGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The name of a LU Group."
>       ::= { tn3270LuGroupEntry 1 }
>
>   tn3270LuGroupLuName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The LU Name of a member of a Lu Group."
>       ::= { tn3270LuGroupEntry 2 }
>
>   tn3270LuGroupRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      RowStatus
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>           tn3270LuGroupTable.
>
>           An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
>           to destroy(6)."
>       REFERENCE
>           "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>           Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>       ::= { tn3270LuGroupEntry 3 }
>
>   tn3270PrtGroupTable OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270PrtGroupEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This table defines Printer groups for use by the
>           Telnet Server."
>       ::= { tn3270Objects 9 }
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 19]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>   tn3270PrtGroupEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      Tn3270PrtGroupEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "Definition of a single Printer Group member. All entries with
>           the same 1st index, tn3270PrtGroupName are considered to
>           be in the same Printer Group."
>       INDEX       { tn3270PrtGroupName, tn3270PrtGroupPrtName }
>       ::= { tn3270PrtGroupTable 1 }
>
>   Tn3270PrtGroupEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>       tn3270PrtGroupName           DisplayString,
>       tn3270PrtGroupPrtName        DisplayString,
>       tn3270PrtGroupRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>   tn3270PrtGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The name of a Printer Group."
>       ::= { tn3270PrtGroupEntry 1 }
>
>   tn3270PrtGroupPrtName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The Printer Name of a member of a Printer Group."
>       ::= { tn3270PrtGroupEntry 2 }
>
>   tn3270PrtGroupRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      RowStatus
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>           tn3270PrtGroupTable.
>
>           An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
>           to destroy(6)."
>       REFERENCE
>           "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>           Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>       ::= { tn3270PrtGroupEntry 3 }
>
>   tn3270LuMapTable OBJECT-TYPE
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 20]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>       SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270LuMapEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This table defines LU to IP mappings. An IP Address or
>           IP Address group can only be assigned to a LU or LU
>           Group once."
>       ::= { tn3270Objects 10 }
>
>   tn3270LuMapEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      Tn3270LuMapEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "Definition of the mapping of a single IP Address or IP
>           Address Group to either a LU or LU Group."
>       INDEX       { tn3270LuMapLuName }
>       ::= { tn3270LuMapTable 1 }
>
>   Tn3270LuMapEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>       tn3270LuMapLuName         DisplayString,
>       tn3270LuMapIpAddr         IpAddress,
>       tn3270LuMapIpGroupName    DisplayString,
>       tn3270LuMapRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>   tn3270LuMapLuName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The name of either a LU or LU Group Name."
>       ::= { tn3270LuMapEntry 1 }
>
>   tn3270LuMapIpAddr OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      IpAddress
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The IP address to map to a LU. If this object is non-zero
>           then tn3270LuMapLuName MUST be a single LU Name and
>           tn3270LuMapIpGroupName MUST be a null octet string."
>       DEFVAL { 0 }
>       ::= { tn3270LuMapEntry 2 }
>
>   tn3270LuMapIpGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 21]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The IP addresses to map to a LU Group. If this object is
>           not a null octet string then tn3270LuMapLuName MUST be a
>           LU Group name and tn3270LuMapIpAddr MUST be zero."
>       DEFVAL { ''H }
>       ::= { tn3270LuMapEntry 3 }
>
>   tn3270LuMapRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      RowStatus
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>           tn3270LuMapTable.
>
>           An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
>           to destroy(6)."
>       REFERENCE
>           "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>           Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>       ::= { tn3270LuMapEntry 4 }
>
>   tn3270PrtMapTable OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270PrtMapEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This table defines Printer to IP mappings. An IP Address or
>           IP Address group can only be assigned to a single Printer or
>           Printer Group once."
>       ::= { tn3270Objects 11 }
>
>   tn3270PrtMapEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      Tn3270PrtMapEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "Definition of the mapping of a single IP Address or IP
>           Address Group to either a Printer or Printer Group."
>       INDEX       { tn3270PrtMapPrtName }
>       ::= { tn3270PrtMapTable 1 }
>
>   Tn3270PrtMapEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>       tn3270PrtMapPrtName        DisplayString,
>       tn3270PrtMapIpAddr         IpAddress,
>       tn3270PrtMapIpGroupName    DisplayString,
>       tn3270PrtMapRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 22]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>   tn3270PrtMapPrtName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The name of either a Printer or Printer Group Name."
>       ::= { tn3270PrtMapEntry 1 }
>
>   tn3270PrtMapIpAddr OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      IpAddress
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The IP address to map to a Printer. If this object is non-
>   zero
>           then tn3270PrtMapPrtName MUST be a single Printer and
>           tn3270PrtMapIpGroupName MUST be a null octet string."
>       DEFVAL { 0 }
>       ::= { tn3270PrtMapEntry 2 }
>
>   tn3270PrtMapIpGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The IP addresses to map to a Printer Group. If this object is
>           not a null octet string then tn3270PrtMapPrtName MUST be a
>           Printer Group name and tn3270PrtMapIpAddr MUST be zero."
>       DEFVAL { ''H }
>       ::= { tn3270PrtMapEntry 3 }
>
>   tn3270PrtMapRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      RowStatus
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>           tn3270PrtMapTable.
>
>           An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
>           to destroy(6)."
>       REFERENCE
>           "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>           Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>       ::= { tn3270PrtMapEntry 4 }
>
>   tn3270LogmodeTable OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270LogmodeEntry
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 23]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This table defines the logmode to be used for a particular
>           interface entry."
>       ::= { tn3270Objects 12 }
>
>   tn3270LogmodeEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      Tn3270LogmodeEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "Definition of the logmode setting for a single interface
>           entry."
>       INDEX       { tn3270LogmodeIfIndex }
>       ::= { tn3270LogmodeTable 1 }
>
>   Tn3270LogmodeEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>       tn3270LogmodeIfIndex        InterfaceIndex,
>       tn3270LogmodeName           DisplayString,
>       tn3270LogmodeRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>   tn3270LogmodeIfIndex OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      InterfaceIndex
>       MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The ifIndex of a interface entry to associate a logmode
>            with."
>       ::= { tn3270LogmodeEntry 1 }
>
>   tn3270LogmodeName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The Logmode name to use for this particular interface. A
>           value of a null octet string implies that the default
>           logmode, which is dependent on the interface's type, should
>           be used."
>       DEFVAL { ''H }
>       ::= { tn3270LogmodeEntry 2 }
>
>   tn3270LogmodeRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX      RowStatus
>       MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>       STATUS      current
>       DESCRIPTION
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 24]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>           "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>           tn3270LogmodeTable.
>
>           An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
>           to destroy(6)."
>       REFERENCE
>           "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>           Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>       ::= { tn3270LogmodeEntry 3 }
>
>   -- Define the set of objects to augment the Tcp Connection Table with.
>
>   tn3270TcpConnTable OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF Tn3270TcpConnEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS not-accessible
>       STATUS current
>       DESCRIPTION
>            "Extends tcpConnTable to support TN3270 and TN3270E
>             performance monitoring."
>       ::= { tn3270Objects 13 }
>
>   tn3270TcpConnEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX Tn3270TcpConnEntry
>       MAX-ACCESS not-accessible
>       STATUS current
>       DESCRIPTION
>            "Descibes a particular tcp connection entry."
>       AUGMENTS { tcpConnEntry }
>       ::= { tn3270TcpConnTable 1 }
>
>   Tn3270TcpConnEntry ::=
>       SEQUENCE
>       {
>           tn3270TcpConnLastActivity       TimeTicks,
>           tn3270TcpConnBytesIn            Integer32,
>           tn3270TcpConnBytesOut           Integer32,
>           tn3270TcpConnReXmt              Integer32,
>           tn3270TcpConnReXmtCount         Integer32,
>           tn3270TcpConnRoundTripTime      Integer32,
>           tn3270TcpConnRoundTripVariance  Integer32,
>           tn3270TcpConnTargetAppl         DisplayString,
>           tn3270TcpConnLuName             DisplayString,
>           tn3270TcpConnClientUserId       DisplayString,
>           tn3270TcpConnLogMode            DisplayString,
>           tn3270TcpConnProto              OCTET STRING
>       }
>
>   tn3270TcpConnLastActivity OBJECT-TYPE
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 25]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>       SYNTAX   TimeTicks
>       MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>       STATUS   current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The number of 100ths of seconds  since  this  entry
>            was last used."
>       DEFVAL  { 0 }
>       ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 1 }
>
>   tn3270TcpConnBytesIn  OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX   Integer32
>       MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>       STATUS   current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The number of bytes received from IP for this
>            connection."
>       DEFVAL  { 0 }
>       ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 2 }
>
>   tn3270TcpConnBytesOut OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX   Integer32
>       MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>       STATUS   current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The number of bytes sent to IP for this connection."
>       DEFVAL  { 0 }
>       ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 3 }
>
>   tn3270TcpConnReXmt OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX   Integer32
>       MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>       STATUS   current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "Number of retransmissions"
>       DEFVAL  { 0 }
>       ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 4 }
>
>   tn3270TcpConnReXmtCount OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX   Integer32
>       MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>       STATUS   current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "Current retransmission count"
>       DEFVAL  { 0 }
>       ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 5 }
>
>   tn3270TcpConnRoundTripTime OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX   Integer32
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 26]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>       MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>       STATUS   current
>       DESCRIPTION
>            "The amount of time that has elapsed, measured in
>             milliseconds, from when the last TCP segment was
>             transmitted by the TCP Stack until the ACK was
>             received."
>       DEFVAL  { 0 }
>       ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 6 }
>
>   tn3270TcpConnRoundTripVariance OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX   Integer32
>       MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>       STATUS   current
>       DESCRIPTION
>            "Round trip time variance."
>       DEFVAL  { 0 }
>       ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 7 }
>
>   tn3270TcpConnTargetAppl OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX   DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>       STATUS   current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "When the corresponding TCP connection is for a
>            3172 Telnet session then this object contains the
>            Target VTAM Application name."
>       ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 8 }
>
>   tn3270TcpConnLuName OBJECT-TYPE
>       SYNTAX   DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>       MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>       STATUS   current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "When the corresponding TCP connection is for a
>            3172 Telnet session then this object contains the
>            VTAM LU name."
>      ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 9 }
>
>   tn3270TcpConnClientUserId OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX   DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>      STATUS   current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "When the corresponding TCP connection is for a
>           3172 Telnet session then this object contains the
>           Client's userid."
>      ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 10 }
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 27]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>   tn3270TcpConnLogMode OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX   DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>      STATUS   current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "When the corresponding TCP connection is for a
>           3172 Telnet session then this object contains the
>           LOG Mode."
>      ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 11 }
>
>   tn3270TcpConnProto OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX   OCTET STRING (SIZE(4))
>      MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>      STATUS   current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This flag will indicates the following Telnet modes:
>             -bit(1 - 28) = <reserved>
>             -bit(29)     = TN3270EE mode
>             -bit(30)     = TN3270 mode
>             -bit(31)     = TN3270E mode
>             -bit(32)     = line mode"
>      ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 12 }
>
>
>   -- Conformance Definitions
>
>   tn3270Groups      OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270Conformance 1 }
>   tn3270Compliances OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270Conformance 2 }
>
>   -- compliance statements tn3270Compliance MODULE-COMPLIANCE
>       STATUS  current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "The compliance statement for agents that support the TN3270
>           MIB."
>       MODULE -- this module
>           MANDATORY-GROUPS { tn3270BasicGroup,
>                              tn3270TcpConnTableGroup
>                            }
>       ::= { tn3270Compliances 1 }
>
>   -- units of conformance tn3270BasicGroup OBJECT-GROUP
>       OBJECTS {
>           tn3270Port,
>           tn3270InactivityTimer,
>           tn3270Timemark,
>           tn3270ScanInterval,
>           tn3270BinaryLineMode,
>           tn3270DisableSga,
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 28]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>           tn3270AdminStatus,
>           tn3270OperStatus,
>           tn3270DefaultApplName,
>           tn3270DefaultApplIpAddress,
>           tn3270DefaultApplIpGroupName,
>           tn3270DefaultApplIfIndex,
>           tn3270TelnetAppl,
>           tn3270LmApplName,
>           tn3270LmApplIpAddress,
>           tn3270LmApplIpGroupName,
>           tn3270LmApplIfIndex,
>           tn3270UsstcpTableName,
>           tn3270UsstcpIpAddress,
>           tn3270UsstcpIpGroupName,
>           tn3270UsstcpIfIndex,
>           tn3270SessionTermState,
>           tn3270Msg07Enabled,
>           tn3270OldSolicitorEnabled,
>           tn3270AllowApplDisconnect,
>           tn3270AllowApplRowStatus,
>           tn3270AllowApplLuRowStatus,
>           tn3270RestrictApplDisconnect,
>           tn3270RestrictApplRowStatus,
>           tn3270RestrictApplUserRowStatus,
>           tn3270RestrictApplULuRowStatus,
>           tn3270IpGroupSubnetMask,
>           tn3270IpGroupIpSubnet,
>           tn3270IpGroupRowStatus,
>           tn3270LuGroupRowStatus,
>           tn3270PrtGroupRowStatus,
>           tn3270LuMapIpAddr,
>           tn3270LuMapIpGroupName,
>           tn3270LuMapRowStatus,
>           tn3270PrtMapIpAddr,
>           tn3270PrtMapIpGroupName,
>           tn3270PrtMapRowStatus,
>           tn3270LogmodeName,
>           tn3270LogmodeRowStatus
>       }
>       STATUS  current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This group is mandatory for all hosts supporting the
>            TN3270 connections."
>       ::= { tn3270Groups 1 }
>
>   tn3270TcpConnTableGroup OBJECT-GROUP
>       OBJECTS {
>           tn3270TcpConnLastActivity,
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 29]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>           tn3270TcpConnBytesIn,
>           tn3270TcpConnBytesOut,
>           tn3270TcpConnReXmt,
>           tn3270TcpConnReXmtCount,
>           tn3270TcpConnRoundTripTime,
>           tn3270TcpConnRoundTripVariance,
>           tn3270TcpConnTargetAppl,
>           tn3270TcpConnLuName,
>           tn3270TcpConnClientUserId,
>           tn3270TcpConnLogMode,
>           tn3270TcpConnProto
>         }
>       STATUS  current
>       DESCRIPTION
>           "This group is mandatory for all hosts supporting the
>            TN3270 connections."
>       ::= { tn3270Groups 2 }
>
>   END
>
>
>
> 5.  Security Considerations
>
>   Certain management information defined in this MIB may be considered
>   sensitive in some network environments.  Therefore, authentication of
>   received SNMP requests and controlled access to management information
>   should be employed in such environments.  The method for this
>   authentication is a function of the SNMP Administrative Framework, and
>   has not been expanded by this MIB.
>
>   Several objects in this MIB allow write access or provide for remote
>   creation. Allowing this support in a non-secure environment can have a
>   negative effect on network operations.  It is recommended that
>   implementers seriously consider whether set operations should be
>   allowed without providing, at a minimum, authentication of request
>   origin. It it recommended that without such support that the following
>   objects be implemented as read-only:
>
>       o tn3270Port
>       o tn3270InactivityTimer
>       o tn3270Timemark
>       o tn3270ScanInterval
>       o tn3270BinaryLineMode
>       o tn3270DisableSga
>       o tn3270AdminStatus
>       o tn3270DefaultApplName
>       o tn3270DefaultApplIpAddress
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 30]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>       o tn3270DefaultApplIpGroupName
>       o tn3270DefaultApplIfIndex
>       o tn3270TelnetAppl
>       o tn3270LmApplName
>       o tn3270LmApplIpAddress
>       o tn3270LmApplIpGroupName
>       o tn3270LmApplIfIndex
>       o tn3270UsstcpTableName
>       o tn3270UsstcpIpAddress
>       o tn3270UsstcpIpGroupName
>       o tn3270UsstcpIfIndex
>       o tn3270SessionTermState
>       o tn3270Msg07Enabled
>       o tn3270OldSolicitorEnabled
>       o tn3270AllowApplDisconnect
>       o tn3270AllowApplLuRowStatus
>       o tn3270RestrictApplDisconnect
>       o tn3270RestrictApplUserRowStatus
>       o tn3270RestrictApplULuRowStatus
>       o tn3270IpGroupSubnetMask
>       o tn3270IpGroupIpSubnet
>       o tn3270LuGroupRowStatus
>       o tn3270PrtGroupRowStatus
>       o tn3270LuMapIpAddr
>       o tn3270LuMapIpGroupName
>       o tn3270PrtMapIpAddr
>       o tn3270PrtMapIpGroupName
>       o tn3270LogmodeName
>
>   The following objects should either be implemented as read-only or not
>   implemented when security is an issue as previously discussed:
>
>       o tn3270AllowApplRowStatus
>       o tn3270RestrictApplRowStatus
>       o tn3270IpGroupRowStatus
>       o tn3270LuMapRowStatus
>       o tn3270PrtMapRowStatus
>       o tn3270LogmodeRowStatus
>
>
> 6.  Acknowledgments
>
>   This document is a product of the TN3270E Working Group.
>
>
> 7.  References
>
>
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 31]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
> [1]  SNMPv2 Working Group, Case, J., McCloghrie, K., Rose, M., and
>      Waldbusser S., "Structure of Management Information for version 2
>      of the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2)", RFC 1902,
>      January 1996.
>
>
> [2]  Network Working Group, Postel, J., and Reynolds, J., "Telnet
>      Protocol Specification", RFC 854, May 1983.
>
>
> [3]  Network Working Group, Postel, J., and Reynolds, J., "Telnet Timing
>      Mark Option", RFC 860, May 1983.
>
>
> [4]  Network Working Group and Rekhter J., "Telnet 3270 Regime Option",
>      RFC 1041, January 1988.
>
>
> [5]  McCloghrie, K., and M. Rose, Editors, "Management Information Base
>      for Network Management of TCP/IP-based internets: MIB-II", STD 17,
>      RFC 1213, Hughes LAN Systems, Performance Systems International,
>      March 1991.
>
>
> [6]  SNMPv2 Working Group, Case, J., McCloghrie, K., Rose, M., and S.
>      Waldbusser, "Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>      Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2)", RFC 1903, January 1996.
>
>
> [7]  SNMPv2 Working Group, Case, J., McCloghrie, K., Rose, M., and S.
>      Waldbusser, "Protocol Operations for version 2 of the Simple
>      Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2)", RFC 1905, January 1996.
>
>
> [8]  SNMPv2 Working Group, Case, J., McCloghrie, K., Rose, M., and S.
>      Waldbusser, "Conformance Statements for version 2 of the Simple
>      Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2)", RFC 1904, January 1996.
>
>
> [9]  Case, J., M. Fedor, M. Schoffstall, J. Davin, "Simple Network
>      Management Protocol", RFC 1157, SNMP Research, Performance Systems
>      International, MIT Laboratory for Computer Science, May 1990.
>
>
> [10] IETF SNMPv2 Working Group and McCloghrie, K., "TCP-MIB
>      Definitions", November 1994.
>
>
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 32]~
>
>
>
>
>
> White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
> 8.  Authors' Addresses
>
>   Kenneth D. White
>   Dept. G80/Bldg 503
>   IBM Corporation
>   Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, USA
>   E-mail: kennethw@vnet.ibm.com
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
> Expires November 1997                                          [Page 33]~
>


Received: from ietf.org by ietf.org id aa07571; 3 Jun 97 10:04 EDT
Received: from ietf.ietf.org by ietf.org id aa06832; 3 Jun 97 9:55 EDT
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: Multipart/Mixed; Boundary="NextPart"
To: IETF-Announce@ietf.org
cc: tn3270e@list.nih.gov
Sender:ietf-announce-request@ietf.org
From: Internet-Drafts@ietf.org
Reply-to: Internet-Drafts@ietf.org
Subject: I-D ACTION:draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt
Date: Tue, 03 Jun 1997 09:55:25 -0400
X-Orig-Sender: cclark@ietf.org
Message-ID:  <9706030955.aa06832@ietf.org>

--NextPart

 A New Internet-Draft is available from the on-line Internet-Drafts 
 directories. This draft is a work item of the Telnet TN3270 Enhancements 
 Working Group of the IETF.                                                

       Title     : Definitions of Managed Objects for TN3270 Using SMIv2   
       Author(s) : K. White
       Filename  : draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt
       Pages     : 33
       Date      : 06/02/1997

The purpose of this memo is to define the Management Information Base (MIB)
for configuring and monitoring TN3270 and TN3270E sessions.  The monitoring
portion of the MIB is limited to AUGMENTation of the TCP Connection Table 
(RFC 2012) with a set of objects collected from the TCP Layer. It is the 
intent of this MIB to fully adhere to all prerequisite MIBs unless 
explicitly stated.  Deviations will be documented in corresponding 
conformance statements.  The specification of this MIB will utilize the 
Structure of Management Information (SMI) for Version 2 of the Simple 
Network Management Protocol Version (refer to RFC1902, reference [1]).     

Internet-Drafts are available by anonymous FTP.  Login with the username
"anonymous" and a password of your e-mail address.  After logging in,
type "cd internet-drafts" and then
     "get draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt".
A URL for the Internet-Draft is:
ftp://ds.internic.net/internet-drafts/draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt
 
Internet-Drafts directories are located at:	
	                                                
     o  Africa:  ftp.is.co.za                    
	                                                
     o  Europe:  ftp.nordu.net            	
                 ftp.nis.garr.it                 
	                                                
     o  Pacific Rim: munnari.oz.au               
	                                                
     o  US East Coast: ds.internic.net           
	                                                
     o  US West Coast: ftp.isi.edu               
	                                                
Internet-Drafts are also available by mail.	
	                                                
Send a message to:  mailserv@ds.internic.net. In the body type: 
     "FILE /internet-drafts/draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt".
							
NOTE: The mail server at ds.internic.net can return the document in
      MIME-encoded form by using the "mpack" utility.  To use this
      feature, insert the command "ENCODING mime" before the "FILE"
      command.  To decode the response(s), you will need "munpack" or
      a MIME-compliant mail reader.  Different MIME-compliant mail readers
      exhibit different behavior, especially when dealing with
      "multipart" MIME messages (i.e., documents which have been split
      up into multiple messages), so check your local documentation on
      how to manipulate these messages.
							
							

Below is the data which will enable a MIME compliant mail reader 
implementation to automatically retrieve the ASCII version
of the Internet-Draft.

--NextPart
Content-Type: Multipart/Alternative; Boundary="OtherAccess"

--OtherAccess
Content-Type:  Message/External-body;
        access-type="mail-server";
        server="mailserv@ds.internic.net"

Content-Type: text/plain
Content-ID: <19970602100632.I-D@ietf.org>

ENCODING mime
FILE /internet-drafts/draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt

--OtherAccess
Content-Type:   Message/External-body;
        name="draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt";
        site="ds.internic.net";
        access-type="anon-ftp";
        directory="internet-drafts"

Content-Type: text/plain
Content-ID: <19970602100632.I-D@ietf.org>

--OtherAccess--

--NextPart--



Received: from cnri by ietf.org id aa09408; 17 Jun 97 11:32 EDT
Received: from list.nih.gov (list.nih.gov [165.112.130.6]) by cnri.reston.va.us (8.8.5/8.7.3) with ESMTPid LAA27493 for <ietf-archive@CNRI.RESTON.VA.US>; Tue, 17 Jun 1997 11:31:42 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from list.nih.gov (terrific.net.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
	by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id LAA10446;
	Tue, 17 Jun 1997 11:24:56 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from LIST.NIH.GOV by LIST.NIH.GOV (LISTSERV-TCP/IP release 1.8c) with
          spool id 2752115 for TN3270E@LIST.NIH.GOV; Tue, 17 Jun 1997 11:24:53
          -0400
Received: from VNET.IBM.COM (vnet.ibm.com [204.146.168.194]) by list.nih.gov
          (8.8.5/8.8.5) with SMTP id LAA10421 for <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>; Tue,
          17 Jun 1997 11:24:49 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from RALVM5 by VNET.IBM.COM (IBM VM SMTP V2R3) with BSMTP id 2851;
          Tue, 17 Jun 97 11:24:46 EDT
From: bart@vnet.ibm.com
Message-Id: <199706171524.LAA10421@list.nih.gov>
Date: Tue, 17 Jun 97 10:39:42 EDT
To: tn3270e@list.nih.gov
Subject: Work Group Activities
Sender: owner-tn3270e@list.nih.gov

The following is a list of the current Enhancements being examined by the
tn3270e Enhancements work group and the party responsible for each item.
Please comment on these items as well as suggest other items that you feel
are important but not listed. A decision will be reached by the work group
on the final list by the December meeting in Washington DC based upon the
perceived priority of the item and amount of work group resource available
to work on it.

            ITEMS               RESPONSIBLE PARTY
      -------------------       -------------------
      Security, Firewalls       Michael Boe
      Compression, Caching

      Service Location          Keith Humphrey
      Session Balancing

      RTM, Network Mgmt         Robert Moore

      Keyboard Restore,         Roger Erickson
      Bid/Implicit Bid

      Unbind, Sense Data,       Ed Bailey
      OIA

      Length Indicator,         Mark Williams
      Abort Flow (Flush)

      FMH                       Deric Bolton

An initial description of each item will be posted on the listsrv by the
responsible party for discussion.


Received: from cnri by ietf.org id aa04297; 18 Jun 97 7:27 EDT
Received: from list.nih.gov (list.nih.gov [165.112.130.6]) by cnri.reston.va.us (8.8.5/8.7.3) with ESMTPid HAA00409 for <ietf-archive@CNRI.RESTON.VA.US>; Wed, 18 Jun 1997 07:26:10 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from list.nih.gov (terrific.net.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
	by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id HAA16651;
	Wed, 18 Jun 1997 07:00:21 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from LIST.NIH.GOV by LIST.NIH.GOV (LISTSERV-TCP/IP release 1.8c) with
          spool id 2762882 for TN3270E@LIST.NIH.GOV; Wed, 18 Jun 1997 07:00:16
          -0400
Received: from smtp.datcon.co.uk (smtp.datcon.co.uk [192.91.191.4]) by
          list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with SMTP id HAA16638 for
          <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>; Wed, 18 Jun 1997 07:00:06 -0400 (EDT)
Received: by smtp.datcon.co.uk with SMTP (Microsoft Exchange Server Internet
          Mail Connector Version 4.0.995.52) id
          <01BC7BDE.F2F48AC0@smtp.datcon.co.uk>; Wed, 18 Jun 1997 11:58:34 +0100
Message-ID: <c=GB%a=TMAILUK%p=DCNET%l=CESTRIAN-970618105713Z-3247@smtp.datcon.co.uk>
From: Nick Weeds <NPW@datcon.co.uk>
To: "'kennethw@VNET.IBM.COM'" <kennethw@vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: 'TN3270E list' <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>
Subject: RE: <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt>
Date: Wed, 18 Jun 1997 11:57:13 +0100
X-Mailer: Microsoft Exchange Server Internet Mail Connector Version 4.0.995.52
Encoding: 2038 TEXT
Sender: owner-tn3270e@list.nih.gov

Ken,

The proposed TN3270 MIB is certainly an extensive and thorough effort.
I wouldn't claim to be a MIB expert, but I am concerned that several
aspects of this MIB might make it difficult or impossible to implement
except in very specific products.

1) The MIB includes a lot of information which is only available on the
host and not on a TN3270E gateway (unless the gateway administrator
enters a lot of extra configuration information, in which case I'd
question its likely accuracy).  I'm thinking here of all the information
about host applications and users.  Is it valid just to leave these
tables empty ?

2) Some of the MIB objects are not really relevant to TN3270 or TN3270E,
or are rather implementation dependent.  For example, the MIB includes
control over binary line-mode and over go-aheads, and is overly specific
about TIMEMARK keep-alives while omitting NOP keep-alives completely.

3) The MIB includes information which is at too low a level in the
TCP/IP stack.  I doubt whether many TN3270E implementations have much
involvement with network interfaces, TCP retransmits or TCP round-trip
times.

The MIB also presents information in a way which will be easy for some
implementations and difficult for others, but to a certain extent that's
unavoidable.  (As an example, the LuMapTable maps LU names to IP
addresses, which is easy if the server works that way, but more awkward
if it maps IP addresses to LU names.)

For the MIB to be reasonably widely implemented in practice, I think it
needs to contain a clearly-identified subset which is based on the
TN3270/TN3270E Specs and which is generally applicable.  It's not clear
to me that the proposed MIB achieves this.

        Nick.

>----------
>From:  kennethw@VNET.IBM.COM[SMTP:kennethw@VNET.IBM.COM]
>Sent:  31 May 1997 01:58
>To:    tn3270e@list.nih.gov
>Subject:       <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt>
>
>I work with Ed Bailey and have been involved with configuration of
>a TN3270 and TN3270E Server for a number of years, was a Performance
>Monitor Application developer and have been involved in several of
>the Network Management Area working groups. I have submitted the
>attached internet draft to address a need for TN3270 Configuring,
>monitoring and correlation of a TN3270 or TN3270E session with its
>corresponding TCP Connection.
>
>The monitoring portion is fairly basic, essentially the TCP Round-trip
>ACK, and will certainly need to be enhanced to provide more vigorous
>support. Please take a look at the draft and provide feedback. The text
>portion is somewhat brief since I expect that substantial changes will
>have to be made as the result of discussion.
>
>Ken
>---------------------------------------------------------------------
>
>
>
>
>
>
>TN3270E Working Group
>INTERNET DRAFT: <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt)     Kenneth White
>Expiration Date: November, 1997
>                                                               IBM Corp.
>
>                                                                May 1997
>
>                   Definitions of Managed Objects for
>                           TN3270 Using SMIv2
>
>                 <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt>
>
>
>Status of this Memo
>
>  This document is an Internet Draft. Internet Drafts are working
>  documents of the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF), its Areas,
>  and its Working Groups. Note that other groups may also distribute
>  working documents as Internet Drafts.
>
>  Internet Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of six
>  months. Internet Drafts may be updated, replaced, or obsoleted by
>  other documents at any time. It is not appropriate to use Internet
>  Drafts as reference material or to cite them other than as a "working
>  draft" or "work in progress."
>
>  Please check the I-D abstract listing contained in each Internet
>  Draft directory to learn the current status of this or any Internet
>  Draft. Distribution of this document is unlimited.
>
>Abstract
>
>  The purpose of this memo is to define the Management Information Base
>  (MIB) for configuring and monitoring TN3270 and TN3270E sessions.
>  The monitoring portion of the MIB is limited to AUGMENTation of
>  the TCP Connection Table (RFC 2012) with a set of objects collected
>  from the TCP Layer. It is the intent of this MIB to
>  fully adhere to all prerequisite MIBs unless explicitly stated.
>  Deviations will be documented in corresponding conformance statements.
>  The specification of this MIB will utilize the
>  Structure of Management Information (SMI) for Version 2 of the
>  Simple Network Management Protocol Version (refer to RFC1902,
>  reference [1]).
>
>
>
>  Table of Contents
>
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                           [Page 1]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>  1.0 Introduction............................................. 2
>  2.0 The SNMPv2 Network Management Framework.................. 2
>  2.1 Object Definitions....................................... 3
>  3.0 Structure of the MIB..................................... 3
>  3.1 Base TN3270 MIB Definitions.............................. 3
>  3.2 MIB Definitions for AUGMENTing the TCP Connection Table.. 3
>  4.0 Definitions.............................................. 4
>  5.0 Security Considerations.................................. 30
>  6.0 Acknowledgments.......................................... 31
>  7.0 References............................................... 31
>  8.0 Authors' Addresses....................................... 33
>
>
>1.  Introduction
>
>  This document is a product of the TN3270E Working Group. Its purpose
>  is to define a MIB module for extending the traditional MIBs supported
>  by a TCP/IP implementation for configuring and monitoring of TN3270
>  and TN3270E sessions.
>
>
>2.  The SNMPv2 Network Management Framework
>
>  The SNMP Network Management Framework presently consists of three
>  major components.  They are:
>
>  o the SMI, described in RFC 1902 [1], - the mechanisms used for
>    describing and naming objects for the purpose of management.
>
>  o the MIB-II, STD 17, RFC 1213 [5], - the core set of managed
>    objects for the Internet suite of protocols.
>
>  o the protocol, RFC 1157 [9] and/or RFC 1905 [7] - the protocol
>    for accessing managed information.
>
>  Textual conventions are defined in RFC 1903 [6], and conformance
>  statements are defined in RFC 1904 [8].
>
>  The Framework permits new objects to be defined for the purpose of
>  experimentation and evaluation.
>
>  This memo specifies a MIB module that is compliant to the SNMPv2 SMI.
>  A semantically identical MIB conforming to the SNMPv1 SMI can be
>  produced through the appropriate translation.
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                           [Page 2]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>2.1.  Object Definitions
>
>  Managed objects are accessed via a virtual information store, termed
>  the Management Information Base or MIB.  Objects in the MIB are
>  defined using the subset of Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1)
>  defined in the SMI.  In particular, each object object type is named
>  by an OBJECT IDENTIFIER, an administratively assigned name.  The
>  object type together with an object instance serves to uniquely
>  identify a specific instantiation of the object.  For human
>  convenience, we often use a textual string, termed the descriptor, to
>  refer to the object type.
>
>
>
>3.  Structure of the MIB
>
>  The TN3270-MIB is split into the following components:
>
>    o Base TN3270 MIB Definitions
>    o MIB Definitions for AUGMENTing the TCP Connection Table
>
>
>
>3.1.  Base TN3270 MIB Definitions
>
>  The collection of MIB Objects defined by the tn3270BasicGroup.  This
>  group of objects provides for TN3270 and TN3270E configuration.
>
>
>3.2.  MIB Definitions for AUGMENTing the TCP Connection Table
>
>  The TCP Connection Table is defined by RFC 2012 (Refer to reference
>  10, TCP-MIB Definitions). Traditionally, the contents of the TCP
>  Connection Table has been implementation dependent.  Its formal
>  definition consists of the following objects:
>
>     o tcpConnState (INTEGER)
>     o tcpConnLocalAddress (IpAddress)
>     o tcpConnLocalPort (INTEGER)
>     o tcpConnRemAddress (IpAddress)
>     o tcpConnRemPort (INTEGER)
>
>  and is indexed by: tcpConnLocalAddress, tcpConnLocalPort,
>  tcpConnRemAddress and tcpConnRemPort. The tn3270TcpConnTableGroup
>  contains the objects defined by the tn3270TcpConnTable for AUGMENTing
>  the tcpConnTable. The objects contained within the
>  tn3270TcpConnTableGroup can be set by either a TN3270 or TN3270E
>  Server or if TCP specific by the TCP Stack.
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                           [Page 3]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>4.  Definitions
>
>  TN3270-MIB DEFINITIONS ::= BEGIN
>
>  IMPORTS
>      MODULE-IDENTITY, OBJECT-TYPE,
>      experimental, Integer32, IpAddress, TimeTicks
>          FROM SNMPv2-SMI
>      TEXTUAL-CONVENTION, RowStatus, TruthValue,
>      DisplayString
>          FROM SNMPv2-TC
>      MODULE-COMPLIANCE, OBJECT-GROUP
>          FROM SNMPv2-CONF
>      InterfaceIndex, InterfaceIndexOrZero
>          FROM IF-MIB
>      tcpConnEntry
>          FROM TCP-MIB
>      ;
>
>  tn3270MIB MODULE-IDENTITY
>      LAST-UPDATED "9705300000Z" -- May 30, 1997
>      ORGANIZATION "TN3270E Working Group"
>      CONTACT-INFO
>          "Kenneth White (kennethw@vnet.ibm.com)
>           IBM Corp."
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This module defines a portion of the management
>          information base (MIB) for configuring and monitoring
>          TN3270 and TN3270E sessions."
>      -- Need an experimental OID from IANA
>      ::= { experimental 2001 }
>
>  -- Textual Conventions
>
>  VariableName ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "A up to 8 octet string name, were a  percent sign, '%',
>          can be used to represent one arbitrary character or an
>          asterisk , '*', to represent an arbitrary string of
>          characters. If an asterisk is specified it must appear
>          as the last character in the octet string."
>      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>
>
>  -- Top-level structure of the MIB
>
>  tn3270Objects        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270MIB 1 }
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                           [Page 4]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>  tn3270Notifications  OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270MIB 2 }
>  tn3270Conformance    OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270MIB 3 }
>
>  -- MIB Objects
>
>  tn3270Control         OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270Objects 1 }
>
>  tn3270Port   OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      Integer32 (1..65535)
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "Indicates the port for use by the TN3270/TN3270E Server.
>          Port 23 is the well known Telnet port and if the default."
>      DEFVAL { 23 }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 1 }
>
>  tn3270InactivityTimer OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      Integer32 (0..99999999)
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The inactivity time-out specified in seconds. When a
>          connection has been inactive for the number of seconds
>          specified by this object it is closed. The default of
>          0 means no inactivity time-out."
>      DEFVAL { 0 }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 2 }
>
>  tn3270Timemark OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      Integer32
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The TIMEMARK processing time-out specified in seconds.
>          A value of 0 disables this function."
>      DEFVAL { 600 }   -- 10 minutes
>      ::= { tn3270Control 3 }
>
>  tn3270ScanInterval OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      Integer32
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The scan interval to be used by the Telnet Server.
>          TIMEMARK processing scans the Telnet sessions every
>          tn3270ScanInterval period (specified in seconds) for
>          sessions that have been idle for more than the value
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                           [Page 5]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>          if tn3270Timemark. Sessions that are idle more than
>          the value of tn3270Timemark are checked by sending a
>          Telnet IAC Timemark command.
>
>          A value of 0 implies that TIMEMARK processing is
>          not in effect."
>      DEFVAL { 120 }   -- 2 minutes
>      ::= { tn3270Control 4 }
>
>  tn3270BinaryLineMode OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      TruthValue
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "A value of true(1) for this object allows incoming
>          Telnet line-mode sessions to operate in binary mode."
>      DEFVAL { false }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 5 }
>
>  tn3270DisableSga OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      TruthValue
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "A value of true(1) for this object suppresses the
>          transmission of GO AHEADs by Telnet. This must be
>          negotiated by both client and server. Selection of this
>          option reduces the overhead for a full duplex terminal
>          and a full duplex connection."
>      DEFVAL { false }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 6 }
>
>  tn3270AdminStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX  INTEGER {
>                        up(1),
>                        down(2)
>                      }
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The desired state of the Telnet Server."
>      ::= { tn3270Control 7 }
>
>  tn3270OperStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX  INTEGER {
>                        up(1),
>                        down(2)
>                      }
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                           [Page 6]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-only
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The current operational state of the Telnet Server."
>      ::= { tn3270Control 8 }
>
>  tn3270DefaultApplName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX  DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The default Application to use. Typically this is an
>          initial application which is either a network solictor or
>          front-end menu system.
>
>          A null length octet string implies no default is in effect."
>      DEFVAL { ''H }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 9 }
>
>  tn3270DefaultApplIpAddress OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX  IpAddress
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The default Application's IP Address. A value of 0 implies
>          no IP Address has been set."
>      DEFVAL { 0 }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 10 }
>
>  tn3270DefaultApplIpGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX  DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The IP Group name to be used with the default Application.
>          A null octet string implies that IP Group name has not
>          been specified."
>      DEFVAL { ''H }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 11 }
>
>  tn3270DefaultApplIfIndex OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX  InterfaceIndexOrZero
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The ifEntry to be used by the default Application.
>          A value of 0 implies that this object has not been set."
>      DEFVAL { 0 }
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                           [Page 7]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>      ::= { tn3270Control 12 }
>
>  tn3270TelnetAppl OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX  DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The application to which to connect when a Telnet Client
>          establishes a 3270 connection."
>      DEFVAL { ''H }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 13 }
>
>  tn3270LmApplName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX  DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The Application to use when a Telnet Client establishes
>          a line-mode connection.
>
>          A null length octet string implies not set."
>      DEFVAL { ''H }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 14 }
>
>  tn3270LmApplIpAddress OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX  IpAddress
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The line-mode Application's IP Address. A value of 0 implies
>          no IP Address has been set."
>      DEFVAL { 0 }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 15 }
>
>  tn3270LmApplIpGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX  DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The IP Group name to be used with the line-mode Application.
>          A null octet string implies that IP Group name has not
>          been specified."
>      DEFVAL { ''H }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 16 }
>
>  tn3270LmApplIfIndex OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX  InterfaceIndexOrZero
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                           [Page 8]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The ifEntry to be used by the line-mode Application.
>          A value of 0 implies that this object has not been set."
>      DEFVAL { 0 }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 17 }
>
>  tn3270UsstcpTableName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX  DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The name of USS definition table for message 10. This
>          applies to 3270 devices only. It allows the mapping of
>          a customized USS message 1- screen to either a remote IP
>          address or a network interface using transparent-mode
>          operation to use as a Telnet logon screen.
>
>          A null length octet string implies not set."
>      DEFVAL { ''H }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 18 }
>
>  tn3270UsstcpIpAddress OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX  IpAddress
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The USSTCP function's IP Address. A value of 0 implies
>          no IP Address has been set."
>      DEFVAL { 0 }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 19 }
>
>  tn3270UsstcpIpGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX  DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The IP Group name to be used with USSTCP processing.
>          A null octet string implies that IP Group name has not
>          been specified."
>      DEFVAL { ''H }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 20 }
>
>  tn3270UsstcpIfIndex OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX  InterfaceIndexOrZero
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                           [Page 9]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>         "The ifEntry to be used by USSTCP processing.
>          A value of 0 implies that this object has not been set."
>      DEFVAL { 0 }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 21 }
>
>  tn3270SessionTermState OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX  INTEGER {
>                        terminate(1),
>                        luSessionPend(2),
>                        queueSession(3)
>                      }
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The current state for determining what happens when
>         Telnet connection terminates:
>
>         terminate(1)     => Terminate connection.
>         luSessionPend(2) => Allows the client's session to revert
>                             to their Default Application upon
>                             termination of their Telnet connection.
>         queueSession(3)  => ????"
>      DEFVAL { terminate }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 22 }
>
>  tn3270Msg07Enabled OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX  TruthValue
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The value of this object determines what happens when a
>         Telnet connection is trying to establish the connection
>         but goes down due to an error. Setting this object to
>         true(1) causes a USSMSG 7 (or other error type USSMSG) to
>         be displayed. The default is, false(2), to break the connection
>         without any indication of what the error was."
>      DEFVAL { false }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 23 }
>
>  tn3270OldSolicitorEnabled OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX  TruthValue
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-write
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>         "The value of this object determines where the cursor is placed
>         on the Telnet solicitor screen. Setting this object to true(1)
>         causes the cursor to be placed on the userid entry of the
>         solicitor screen for the first display only. The default
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 10]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>         (false(2) is to put the cursor on the application entry of the
>         solicitor screen."
>      DEFVAL { false }
>      ::= { tn3270Control 24 }
>
>
>  -- The ALLOWAPPL Table definitions
>
>  tn3270AllowApplTable OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270AllowApplEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The Applications that the Telnet Server can access."
>      ::= { tn3270Objects 2 }
>
>  tn3270AllowApplEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      Tn3270AllowApplEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "Information about a single Application that the Telnet
>          Server can access.
>
>          An Application can be qualified with a list of LUs by
>          adding entries to the tn3270AllowApplLuTable. The
>          tn3270AllowApplLuTable is indexed by tn3270AllowApplName
>          and tn3270AllowApplLuName."
>      INDEX       { tn3270AllowApplName }
>      ::= { tn3270AllowApplTable 1 }
>
>  Tn3270AllowApplEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>      tn3270AllowApplName           VariableName,
>      tn3270AllowApplDisconnect     TruthValue,
>      tn3270AllowApplRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>  tn3270AllowApplName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      VariableName
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The name of the application that can be accessed."
>      ::= { tn3270AllowApplEntry 1 }
>
>  tn3270AllowApplDisconnect OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      TruthValue
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 11]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "When set to true this allows the application to be
>          notified to disconnect rather than log off a user when
>          the session is dropped."
>      DEFVAL { false }
>      ::= { tn3270AllowApplEntry 2 }
>
>  tn3270AllowApplRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      RowStatus
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>          tn3270AllowApplTable.
>
>          When an entry in the tn3270AllowApplTable is deleted
>          deleted (by setting this object to destroy(6)), this has
>          the side-effect of removing all entries from the
>          tn3270AllowApplLuTable that are associated with the
>          entry being deleted."
>      REFERENCE
>          "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>          Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>      ::= { tn3270AllowApplEntry 3 }
>
>  tn3270AllowApplLuTable OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270AllowApplLuEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The LUs associated with a tn3270AllowApplEntry.
>           Use of this table is optional. The preferred method of
>           associating LUs to Applications is via the
>           tn3270LuMapTable."
>      ::= { tn3270Objects 3 }
>
>  tn3270AllowApplLuEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      Tn3270AllowApplLuEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "Definition of a single LU associated with a
>          tn3270AllowApplEntry."
>      INDEX       { tn3270AllowApplName, tn3270AllowApplLuName }
>      ::= { tn3270AllowApplLuTable 1 }
>
>  Tn3270AllowApplLuEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>      tn3270AllowApplLuName           DisplayString,
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 12]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>      tn3270AllowApplLuRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>  tn3270AllowApplLuName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The name of a LU associated with an Application."
>      ::= { tn3270AllowApplLuEntry 1 }
>
>  tn3270AllowApplLuRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      RowStatus
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>          tn3270AllowApplLuTable.
>
>          When an entry in the tn3270AllowApplTable is deleted
>          deleted (by setting this object to destroy(6)) it has no
>          effect on the associating tn3270AllowApplEntry."
>      REFERENCE
>          "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>          Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>      ::= { tn3270AllowApplLuEntry 2 }
>
>  -- The RESTRICTAPPL Table definitions
>
>  tn3270RestrictApplTable OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270RestrictApplEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The Applications that the Telnet Server provides
>           restricted access."
>      ::= { tn3270Objects 4 }
>
>  tn3270RestrictApplEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      Tn3270RestrictApplEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "Definition of a single restricted Application that the Telnet
>          Server can access.
>
>          An Application is qualified with a list of users that are
>          allowed access to the application via the
>          tn3270RestrictApplUserTable."
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 13]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>      INDEX       { tn3270RestrictApplName }
>      ::= { tn3270RestrictApplTable 1 }
>
>  Tn3270RestrictApplEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>      tn3270RestrictApplName           VariableName,
>      tn3270RestrictApplDisconnect     TruthValue,
>      tn3270RestrictApplRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>  tn3270RestrictApplName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      VariableName
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The name of the application that can be accessed."
>      ::= { tn3270RestrictApplEntry 1 }
>
>  tn3270RestrictApplDisconnect OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      TruthValue
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "When set to true this allows the application to be
>          notified to disconnect rather than log off a user when
>          the session is dropped."
>      DEFVAL { false }
>      ::= { tn3270RestrictApplEntry 2 }
>
>  tn3270RestrictApplRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      RowStatus
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>          tn3270RestrictApplTable.
>
>          When an entry in the tn3270RestrictApplTable is deleted
>          deleted (by setting this object to destroy(6)), this has
>          the side-effect of removing all entries from the
>          tn3270RestrictApplUserTable that are associated with the
>          entry being deleted."
>      REFERENCE
>          "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>          Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>      ::= { tn3270RestrictApplEntry 3 }
>
>  tn3270RestrictApplUserTable OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270RestrictApplUserEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 14]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The Users associated with a tn3270RestrictApplEntry."
>      ::= { tn3270Objects 5 }
>
>  tn3270RestrictApplUserEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      Tn3270RestrictApplUserEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "Definition of a single User associated with a
>          tn3270RestrictApplEntry."
>      INDEX       { tn3270RestrictApplName, tn3270RestrictApplUserName }
>      ::= { tn3270RestrictApplUserTable 1 }
>
>  Tn3270RestrictApplUserEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>      tn3270RestrictApplUserName           DisplayString,
>      tn3270RestrictApplUserRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>  tn3270RestrictApplUserName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The name of a User allowed access with the corresponding
>           Application."
>      ::= { tn3270RestrictApplUserEntry 1 }
>
>  tn3270RestrictApplUserRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      RowStatus
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>          tn3270RestrictApplUserTable.
>
>          When an entry in the tn3270RestrictApplTable is deleted
>          deleted (by setting this object to destroy(6)) it has no
>          effect on the associating tn3270RestrictApplEntry.
>          However, corresponding tn3270RestrictApplULuTable entries
>          are deleted."
>      REFERENCE
>          "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>          Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>      ::= { tn3270RestrictApplUserEntry 2 }
>
>  tn3270RestrictApplULuTable OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270RestrictApplULuEntry
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 15]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The LUs associated with a Restricted Application User.
>          Use of this table is optional. The preferred method of
>          associating LUs with Applications is via the
>          tn3270LuMapTable."
>      ::= { tn3270Objects 6 }
>
>  tn3270RestrictApplULuEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      Tn3270RestrictApplULuEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "Definition of a single LU associated with a
>          tn3270RestrictApplLuEntry."
>      INDEX       { tn3270RestrictApplName, tn3270RestrictApplUserName,
>                    tn3270RestrictApplULuName }
>      ::= { tn3270RestrictApplULuTable 1 }
>
>  Tn3270RestrictApplULuEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>      tn3270RestrictApplULuName           DisplayString,
>      tn3270RestrictApplULuRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>  tn3270RestrictApplULuName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The name of an LU."
>      ::= { tn3270RestrictApplULuEntry 1 }
>
>  tn3270RestrictApplULuRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      RowStatus
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>          tn3270RestrictApplULuTable.
>
>          When an entry in the tn3270RestrictApplULuTable is deleted
>          deleted (by setting this object to destroy(6)) it has no
>          effect on the associating tn3270RestrictApplUserEntry."
>      REFERENCE
>          "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>          Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>      ::= { tn3270RestrictApplULuEntry 2 }
>
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 16]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>  tn3270IpGroupTable OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270IpGroupEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This table defines IP Address grouping for use by the
>          Telnet Server."
>      ::= { tn3270Objects 7 }
>
>  tn3270IpGroupEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      Tn3270IpGroupEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "Definition of a single IP Address entry. All entries with
>          the same 1st index, tn3270IpGroupName are considered to
>          be in the same IP Group."
>      INDEX       { tn3270IpGroupName, tn3270IpGroupIpAddress }
>      ::= { tn3270IpGroupTable 1 }
>
>  Tn3270IpGroupEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>      tn3270IpGroupName           DisplayString,
>      tn3270IpGroupIpAddress      IpAddress,
>      tn3270IpGroupSubnetMask     IpAddress,
>      tn3270IpGroupIpSubnet       IpAddress,
>      tn3270IpGroupRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>  tn3270IpGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The name of a IP Group."
>      ::= { tn3270IpGroupEntry 1 }
>
>  tn3270IpGroupIpAddress OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      IpAddress
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The IP Address of a member of a IP Group."
>      ::= { tn3270IpGroupEntry 2 }
>
>  tn3270IpGroupSubnetMask OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      IpAddress
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 17]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>          "The corresponding subnet mask associated with
>           tn3270IpGroupIpSubnet."
>      ::= { tn3270IpGroupEntry 3 }
>
>  tn3270IpGroupIpSubnet OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      IpAddress
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The IP Subnet to be used with the objects
>          tn3270IpGroupIpAddress and tn3270IpGroupSubnetMask."
>      ::= { tn3270IpGroupEntry 4 }
>
>  tn3270IpGroupRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      RowStatus
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>          tn3270IpGroupTable.
>
>          An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
>          to destroy(6)."
>      REFERENCE
>          "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>          Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>      ::= { tn3270IpGroupEntry 5 }
>
>  tn3270LuGroupTable OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270LuGroupEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This table defines LU groups for use by the
>          Telnet Server."
>      ::= { tn3270Objects 8 }
>
>  tn3270LuGroupEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      Tn3270LuGroupEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "Definition of a single LU Group member. All entries with
>          the same 1st index, tn3270LuGroupName are considered to
>          be in the same LU Group.
>
>          The first entry in this table is used for defining the
>          default LU Group. By convention tn3270LuGroupName should
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 18]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>          be set to 8 blanks to represent this entry."
>      INDEX       { tn3270LuGroupName, tn3270LuGroupLuName }
>      ::= { tn3270LuGroupTable 1 }
>
>  Tn3270LuGroupEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>      tn3270LuGroupName           DisplayString,
>      tn3270LuGroupLuName         DisplayString,
>      tn3270LuGroupRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>  tn3270LuGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The name of a LU Group."
>      ::= { tn3270LuGroupEntry 1 }
>
>  tn3270LuGroupLuName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The LU Name of a member of a Lu Group."
>      ::= { tn3270LuGroupEntry 2 }
>
>  tn3270LuGroupRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      RowStatus
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>          tn3270LuGroupTable.
>
>          An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
>          to destroy(6)."
>      REFERENCE
>          "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>          Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>      ::= { tn3270LuGroupEntry 3 }
>
>  tn3270PrtGroupTable OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270PrtGroupEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This table defines Printer groups for use by the
>          Telnet Server."
>      ::= { tn3270Objects 9 }
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 19]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>  tn3270PrtGroupEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      Tn3270PrtGroupEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "Definition of a single Printer Group member. All entries with
>          the same 1st index, tn3270PrtGroupName are considered to
>          be in the same Printer Group."
>      INDEX       { tn3270PrtGroupName, tn3270PrtGroupPrtName }
>      ::= { tn3270PrtGroupTable 1 }
>
>  Tn3270PrtGroupEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>      tn3270PrtGroupName           DisplayString,
>      tn3270PrtGroupPrtName        DisplayString,
>      tn3270PrtGroupRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>  tn3270PrtGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The name of a Printer Group."
>      ::= { tn3270PrtGroupEntry 1 }
>
>  tn3270PrtGroupPrtName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The Printer Name of a member of a Printer Group."
>      ::= { tn3270PrtGroupEntry 2 }
>
>  tn3270PrtGroupRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      RowStatus
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>          tn3270PrtGroupTable.
>
>          An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
>          to destroy(6)."
>      REFERENCE
>          "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>          Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>      ::= { tn3270PrtGroupEntry 3 }
>
>  tn3270LuMapTable OBJECT-TYPE
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 20]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>      SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270LuMapEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This table defines LU to IP mappings. An IP Address or
>          IP Address group can only be assigned to a LU or LU
>          Group once."
>      ::= { tn3270Objects 10 }
>
>  tn3270LuMapEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      Tn3270LuMapEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "Definition of the mapping of a single IP Address or IP
>          Address Group to either a LU or LU Group."
>      INDEX       { tn3270LuMapLuName }
>      ::= { tn3270LuMapTable 1 }
>
>  Tn3270LuMapEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>      tn3270LuMapLuName         DisplayString,
>      tn3270LuMapIpAddr         IpAddress,
>      tn3270LuMapIpGroupName    DisplayString,
>      tn3270LuMapRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>  tn3270LuMapLuName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The name of either a LU or LU Group Name."
>      ::= { tn3270LuMapEntry 1 }
>
>  tn3270LuMapIpAddr OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      IpAddress
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The IP address to map to a LU. If this object is non-zero
>          then tn3270LuMapLuName MUST be a single LU Name and
>          tn3270LuMapIpGroupName MUST be a null octet string."
>      DEFVAL { 0 }
>      ::= { tn3270LuMapEntry 2 }
>
>  tn3270LuMapIpGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 21]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The IP addresses to map to a LU Group. If this object is
>          not a null octet string then tn3270LuMapLuName MUST be a
>          LU Group name and tn3270LuMapIpAddr MUST be zero."
>      DEFVAL { ''H }
>      ::= { tn3270LuMapEntry 3 }
>
>  tn3270LuMapRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      RowStatus
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>          tn3270LuMapTable.
>
>          An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
>          to destroy(6)."
>      REFERENCE
>          "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>          Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>      ::= { tn3270LuMapEntry 4 }
>
>  tn3270PrtMapTable OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270PrtMapEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This table defines Printer to IP mappings. An IP Address or
>          IP Address group can only be assigned to a single Printer or
>          Printer Group once."
>      ::= { tn3270Objects 11 }
>
>  tn3270PrtMapEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      Tn3270PrtMapEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "Definition of the mapping of a single IP Address or IP
>          Address Group to either a Printer or Printer Group."
>      INDEX       { tn3270PrtMapPrtName }
>      ::= { tn3270PrtMapTable 1 }
>
>  Tn3270PrtMapEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>      tn3270PrtMapPrtName        DisplayString,
>      tn3270PrtMapIpAddr         IpAddress,
>      tn3270PrtMapIpGroupName    DisplayString,
>      tn3270PrtMapRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 22]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>  tn3270PrtMapPrtName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The name of either a Printer or Printer Group Name."
>      ::= { tn3270PrtMapEntry 1 }
>
>  tn3270PrtMapIpAddr OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      IpAddress
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The IP address to map to a Printer. If this object is non-
>  zero
>          then tn3270PrtMapPrtName MUST be a single Printer and
>          tn3270PrtMapIpGroupName MUST be a null octet string."
>      DEFVAL { 0 }
>      ::= { tn3270PrtMapEntry 2 }
>
>  tn3270PrtMapIpGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The IP addresses to map to a Printer Group. If this object is
>          not a null octet string then tn3270PrtMapPrtName MUST be a
>          Printer Group name and tn3270PrtMapIpAddr MUST be zero."
>      DEFVAL { ''H }
>      ::= { tn3270PrtMapEntry 3 }
>
>  tn3270PrtMapRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      RowStatus
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>          tn3270PrtMapTable.
>
>          An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
>          to destroy(6)."
>      REFERENCE
>          "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>          Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>      ::= { tn3270PrtMapEntry 4 }
>
>  tn3270LogmodeTable OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270LogmodeEntry
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 23]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This table defines the logmode to be used for a particular
>          interface entry."
>      ::= { tn3270Objects 12 }
>
>  tn3270LogmodeEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      Tn3270LogmodeEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "Definition of the logmode setting for a single interface
>          entry."
>      INDEX       { tn3270LogmodeIfIndex }
>      ::= { tn3270LogmodeTable 1 }
>
>  Tn3270LogmodeEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
>      tn3270LogmodeIfIndex        InterfaceIndex,
>      tn3270LogmodeName           DisplayString,
>      tn3270LogmodeRowStatus      RowStatus }
>
>  tn3270LogmodeIfIndex OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      InterfaceIndex
>      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The ifIndex of a interface entry to associate a logmode
>           with."
>      ::= { tn3270LogmodeEntry 1 }
>
>  tn3270LogmodeName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The Logmode name to use for this particular interface. A
>          value of a null octet string implies that the default
>          logmode, which is dependent on the interface's type, should
>          be used."
>      DEFVAL { ''H }
>      ::= { tn3270LogmodeEntry 2 }
>
>  tn3270LogmodeRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX      RowStatus
>      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
>      STATUS      current
>      DESCRIPTION
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 24]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>          "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
>          tn3270LogmodeTable.
>
>          An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
>          to destroy(6)."
>      REFERENCE
>          "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>          Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
>      ::= { tn3270LogmodeEntry 3 }
>
>  -- Define the set of objects to augment the Tcp Connection Table with.
>
>  tn3270TcpConnTable OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF Tn3270TcpConnEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS not-accessible
>      STATUS current
>      DESCRIPTION
>           "Extends tcpConnTable to support TN3270 and TN3270E
>            performance monitoring."
>      ::= { tn3270Objects 13 }
>
>  tn3270TcpConnEntry OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX Tn3270TcpConnEntry
>      MAX-ACCESS not-accessible
>      STATUS current
>      DESCRIPTION
>           "Descibes a particular tcp connection entry."
>      AUGMENTS { tcpConnEntry }
>      ::= { tn3270TcpConnTable 1 }
>
>  Tn3270TcpConnEntry ::=
>      SEQUENCE
>      {
>          tn3270TcpConnLastActivity       TimeTicks,
>          tn3270TcpConnBytesIn            Integer32,
>          tn3270TcpConnBytesOut           Integer32,
>          tn3270TcpConnReXmt              Integer32,
>          tn3270TcpConnReXmtCount         Integer32,
>          tn3270TcpConnRoundTripTime      Integer32,
>          tn3270TcpConnRoundTripVariance  Integer32,
>          tn3270TcpConnTargetAppl         DisplayString,
>          tn3270TcpConnLuName             DisplayString,
>          tn3270TcpConnClientUserId       DisplayString,
>          tn3270TcpConnLogMode            DisplayString,
>          tn3270TcpConnProto              OCTET STRING
>      }
>
>  tn3270TcpConnLastActivity OBJECT-TYPE
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 25]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>      SYNTAX   TimeTicks
>      MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>      STATUS   current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The number of 100ths of seconds  since  this  entry
>           was last used."
>      DEFVAL  { 0 }
>      ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 1 }
>
>  tn3270TcpConnBytesIn  OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX   Integer32
>      MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>      STATUS   current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The number of bytes received from IP for this
>           connection."
>      DEFVAL  { 0 }
>      ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 2 }
>
>  tn3270TcpConnBytesOut OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX   Integer32
>      MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>      STATUS   current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The number of bytes sent to IP for this connection."
>      DEFVAL  { 0 }
>      ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 3 }
>
>  tn3270TcpConnReXmt OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX   Integer32
>      MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>      STATUS   current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "Number of retransmissions"
>      DEFVAL  { 0 }
>      ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 4 }
>
>  tn3270TcpConnReXmtCount OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX   Integer32
>      MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>      STATUS   current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "Current retransmission count"
>      DEFVAL  { 0 }
>      ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 5 }
>
>  tn3270TcpConnRoundTripTime OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX   Integer32
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 26]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>      MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>      STATUS   current
>      DESCRIPTION
>           "The amount of time that has elapsed, measured in
>            milliseconds, from when the last TCP segment was
>            transmitted by the TCP Stack until the ACK was
>            received."
>      DEFVAL  { 0 }
>      ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 6 }
>
>  tn3270TcpConnRoundTripVariance OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX   Integer32
>      MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>      STATUS   current
>      DESCRIPTION
>           "Round trip time variance."
>      DEFVAL  { 0 }
>      ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 7 }
>
>  tn3270TcpConnTargetAppl OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX   DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>      STATUS   current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "When the corresponding TCP connection is for a
>           3172 Telnet session then this object contains the
>           Target VTAM Application name."
>      ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 8 }
>
>  tn3270TcpConnLuName OBJECT-TYPE
>      SYNTAX   DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>      MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>      STATUS   current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "When the corresponding TCP connection is for a
>           3172 Telnet session then this object contains the
>           VTAM LU name."
>     ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 9 }
>
>  tn3270TcpConnClientUserId OBJECT-TYPE
>     SYNTAX   DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>     MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>     STATUS   current
>     DESCRIPTION
>         "When the corresponding TCP connection is for a
>          3172 Telnet session then this object contains the
>          Client's userid."
>     ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 10 }
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 27]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>  tn3270TcpConnLogMode OBJECT-TYPE
>     SYNTAX   DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
>     MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>     STATUS   current
>     DESCRIPTION
>         "When the corresponding TCP connection is for a
>          3172 Telnet session then this object contains the
>          LOG Mode."
>     ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 11 }
>
>  tn3270TcpConnProto OBJECT-TYPE
>     SYNTAX   OCTET STRING (SIZE(4))
>     MAX-ACCESS   read-only
>     STATUS   current
>     DESCRIPTION
>         "This flag will indicates the following Telnet modes:
>            -bit(1 - 28) = <reserved>
>            -bit(29)     = TN3270EE mode
>            -bit(30)     = TN3270 mode
>            -bit(31)     = TN3270E mode
>            -bit(32)     = line mode"
>     ::= { tn3270TcpConnEntry 12 }
>
>
>  -- Conformance Definitions
>
>  tn3270Groups      OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270Conformance 1 }
>  tn3270Compliances OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270Conformance 2 }
>
>  -- compliance statements tn3270Compliance MODULE-COMPLIANCE
>      STATUS  current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "The compliance statement for agents that support the TN3270
>          MIB."
>      MODULE -- this module
>          MANDATORY-GROUPS { tn3270BasicGroup,
>                             tn3270TcpConnTableGroup
>                           }
>      ::= { tn3270Compliances 1 }
>
>  -- units of conformance tn3270BasicGroup OBJECT-GROUP
>      OBJECTS {
>          tn3270Port,
>          tn3270InactivityTimer,
>          tn3270Timemark,
>          tn3270ScanInterval,
>          tn3270BinaryLineMode,
>          tn3270DisableSga,
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 28]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>          tn3270AdminStatus,
>          tn3270OperStatus,
>          tn3270DefaultApplName,
>          tn3270DefaultApplIpAddress,
>          tn3270DefaultApplIpGroupName,
>          tn3270DefaultApplIfIndex,
>          tn3270TelnetAppl,
>          tn3270LmApplName,
>          tn3270LmApplIpAddress,
>          tn3270LmApplIpGroupName,
>          tn3270LmApplIfIndex,
>          tn3270UsstcpTableName,
>          tn3270UsstcpIpAddress,
>          tn3270UsstcpIpGroupName,
>          tn3270UsstcpIfIndex,
>          tn3270SessionTermState,
>          tn3270Msg07Enabled,
>          tn3270OldSolicitorEnabled,
>          tn3270AllowApplDisconnect,
>          tn3270AllowApplRowStatus,
>          tn3270AllowApplLuRowStatus,
>          tn3270RestrictApplDisconnect,
>          tn3270RestrictApplRowStatus,
>          tn3270RestrictApplUserRowStatus,
>          tn3270RestrictApplULuRowStatus,
>          tn3270IpGroupSubnetMask,
>          tn3270IpGroupIpSubnet,
>          tn3270IpGroupRowStatus,
>          tn3270LuGroupRowStatus,
>          tn3270PrtGroupRowStatus,
>          tn3270LuMapIpAddr,
>          tn3270LuMapIpGroupName,
>          tn3270LuMapRowStatus,
>          tn3270PrtMapIpAddr,
>          tn3270PrtMapIpGroupName,
>          tn3270PrtMapRowStatus,
>          tn3270LogmodeName,
>          tn3270LogmodeRowStatus
>      }
>      STATUS  current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This group is mandatory for all hosts supporting the
>           TN3270 connections."
>      ::= { tn3270Groups 1 }
>
>  tn3270TcpConnTableGroup OBJECT-GROUP
>      OBJECTS {
>          tn3270TcpConnLastActivity,
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 29]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>          tn3270TcpConnBytesIn,
>          tn3270TcpConnBytesOut,
>          tn3270TcpConnReXmt,
>          tn3270TcpConnReXmtCount,
>          tn3270TcpConnRoundTripTime,
>          tn3270TcpConnRoundTripVariance,
>          tn3270TcpConnTargetAppl,
>          tn3270TcpConnLuName,
>          tn3270TcpConnClientUserId,
>          tn3270TcpConnLogMode,
>          tn3270TcpConnProto
>        }
>      STATUS  current
>      DESCRIPTION
>          "This group is mandatory for all hosts supporting the
>           TN3270 connections."
>      ::= { tn3270Groups 2 }
>
>  END
>
>
>
>5.  Security Considerations
>
>  Certain management information defined in this MIB may be considered
>  sensitive in some network environments.  Therefore, authentication of
>  received SNMP requests and controlled access to management information
>  should be employed in such environments.  The method for this
>  authentication is a function of the SNMP Administrative Framework, and
>  has not been expanded by this MIB.
>
>  Several objects in this MIB allow write access or provide for remote
>  creation. Allowing this support in a non-secure environment can have a
>  negative effect on network operations.  It is recommended that
>  implementers seriously consider whether set operations should be
>  allowed without providing, at a minimum, authentication of request
>  origin. It it recommended that without such support that the following
>  objects be implemented as read-only:
>
>      o tn3270Port
>      o tn3270InactivityTimer
>      o tn3270Timemark
>      o tn3270ScanInterval
>      o tn3270BinaryLineMode
>      o tn3270DisableSga
>      o tn3270AdminStatus
>      o tn3270DefaultApplName
>      o tn3270DefaultApplIpAddress
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 30]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>      o tn3270DefaultApplIpGroupName
>      o tn3270DefaultApplIfIndex
>      o tn3270TelnetAppl
>      o tn3270LmApplName
>      o tn3270LmApplIpAddress
>      o tn3270LmApplIpGroupName
>      o tn3270LmApplIfIndex
>      o tn3270UsstcpTableName
>      o tn3270UsstcpIpAddress
>      o tn3270UsstcpIpGroupName
>      o tn3270UsstcpIfIndex
>      o tn3270SessionTermState
>      o tn3270Msg07Enabled
>      o tn3270OldSolicitorEnabled
>      o tn3270AllowApplDisconnect
>      o tn3270AllowApplLuRowStatus
>      o tn3270RestrictApplDisconnect
>      o tn3270RestrictApplUserRowStatus
>      o tn3270RestrictApplULuRowStatus
>      o tn3270IpGroupSubnetMask
>      o tn3270IpGroupIpSubnet
>      o tn3270LuGroupRowStatus
>      o tn3270PrtGroupRowStatus
>      o tn3270LuMapIpAddr
>      o tn3270LuMapIpGroupName
>      o tn3270PrtMapIpAddr
>      o tn3270PrtMapIpGroupName
>      o tn3270LogmodeName
>
>  The following objects should either be implemented as read-only or not
>  implemented when security is an issue as previously discussed:
>
>      o tn3270AllowApplRowStatus
>      o tn3270RestrictApplRowStatus
>      o tn3270IpGroupRowStatus
>      o tn3270LuMapRowStatus
>      o tn3270PrtMapRowStatus
>      o tn3270LogmodeRowStatus
>
>
>6.  Acknowledgments
>
>  This document is a product of the TN3270E Working Group.
>
>
>7.  References
>
>
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 31]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>[1]  SNMPv2 Working Group, Case, J., McCloghrie, K., Rose, M., and
>     Waldbusser S., "Structure of Management Information for version 2
>     of the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2)", RFC 1902,
>     January 1996.
>
>
>[2]  Network Working Group, Postel, J., and Reynolds, J., "Telnet
>     Protocol Specification", RFC 854, May 1983.
>
>
>[3]  Network Working Group, Postel, J., and Reynolds, J., "Telnet Timing
>     Mark Option", RFC 860, May 1983.
>
>
>[4]  Network Working Group and Rekhter J., "Telnet 3270 Regime Option",
>     RFC 1041, January 1988.
>
>
>[5]  McCloghrie, K., and M. Rose, Editors, "Management Information Base
>     for Network Management of TCP/IP-based internets: MIB-II", STD 17,
>     RFC 1213, Hughes LAN Systems, Performance Systems International,
>     March 1991.
>
>
>[6]  SNMPv2 Working Group, Case, J., McCloghrie, K., Rose, M., and S.
>     Waldbusser, "Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
>     Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2)", RFC 1903, January 1996.
>
>
>[7]  SNMPv2 Working Group, Case, J., McCloghrie, K., Rose, M., and S.
>     Waldbusser, "Protocol Operations for version 2 of the Simple
>     Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2)", RFC 1905, January 1996.
>
>
>[8]  SNMPv2 Working Group, Case, J., McCloghrie, K., Rose, M., and S.
>     Waldbusser, "Conformance Statements for version 2 of the Simple
>     Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2)", RFC 1904, January 1996.
>
>
>[9]  Case, J., M. Fedor, M. Schoffstall, J. Davin, "Simple Network
>     Management Protocol", RFC 1157, SNMP Research, Performance Systems
>     International, MIT Laboratory for Computer Science, May 1990.
>
>
>[10] IETF SNMPv2 Working Group and McCloghrie, K., "TCP-MIB
>     Definitions", November 1994.
>
>
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 32]~
>
>
>
>
>
>White       TN3270 Management Information Base (TN3270-MIB)  30 May 1997
>
>
>8.  Authors' Addresses
>
>  Kenneth D. White
>  Dept. G80/Bldg 503
>  IBM Corporation
>  Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, USA
>  E-mail: kennethw@vnet.ibm.com
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>Expires November 1997                                          [Page 33]~
>


Received: from cnri by ietf.org id aa09793; 19 Jun 97 11:44 EDT
Received: from list.nih.gov (list.nih.gov [165.112.130.6]) by cnri.reston.va.us (8.8.5/8.7.3) with ESMTPid LAA04055 for <ietf-archive@CNRI.RESTON.VA.US>; Thu, 19 Jun 1997 11:43:07 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from list.nih.gov (terrific.net.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
	by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id LAA07891;
	Thu, 19 Jun 1997 11:32:48 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from LIST.NIH.GOV by LIST.NIH.GOV (LISTSERV-TCP/IP release 1.8c) with
          spool id 2771768 for TN3270E@LIST.NIH.GOV; Thu, 19 Jun 1997 11:32:45
          -0400
Received: from msmail.walldata.com ([198.252.98.5]) by list.nih.gov
          (8.8.5/8.8.5) with SMTP id LAA07356 for <tn3270e@LIST.NIH.GOV>; Thu,
          19 Jun 1997 11:22:38 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from Microsoft Mail (PU Serial #1100) by msmail.walldata.com
          (PostalUnion/SMTP(tm) v2.1.8d for Windows NT(tm)) id
          AA-1997Jun19.081947.1100.868654; Thu, 19 Jun 1997 08:24:09 -0700
From: "Erickson, Rodger" <rerickso@walldata.com>
To: tn3270e <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>, bart <bart@vnet.ibm.com>
Message-ID: <1997Jun19.081947.1100.868654@msmail.walldata.com>
X-Mailer: Microsoft Mail via PostalUnion/SMTP for Windows NT
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="US-ASCII"
Organization: Wall Data Inc.
Date: Thu, 19 Jun 1997 08:24:09 -0700
Subject: RE: Work Group Activities
Sender: owner-tn3270e@list.nih.gov

 I have already sent this out to the working group once, though I didn't
receive any feedback.  I'll take the opportunity of Ed's posting to send
this again:

###########################

As a result of our interim working group meeting in Raleigh, I am
posting some "food-for-thought" on some holes in the current RFC (1647)
with respect to: a) when is the keyboard *really* unlocked, and b) how
should a BID be handled.

 I don't profess to be an SNA guru so while any and all comments are
welcome, I would especially appreciate any corrections/additions that
others want to make to any statements I make below with respect to SNA.


 "KEYBOARD RESTORE PROBLEM"
 The first problem concerns uncertainty about when the client can send
data to the TN3270E server.  TN3270E provides for an End-Of-Record (EOR)
mechanism which allows the client to determine where the boundry is
between 3270 Data Stream Commands.  The Server sends EOR whenever it
sends data to the client for which the LIC (Last-in-chain) indicator was
set.  Today, Clients have no choice but to interpret the presence of EOR
as an indication that it is okay to go ahead and send data back to the
host (providing the 3270 DataStream has restored the keyboard).  Since it
is not uncommon for the Server to receive a LIC from the host with no CDI
(Change Direction Indicator) set, a serious problem is created where the
Client will send data to the Server when it does not own the half-duplex
Send State.  The Server has three options, all of which are bad.  It can:
a) send the Client data up to the host which will result in an SNA State
error (causing the session to be unbound), b) throw the client data away
(resulting in lost data), or c) queue the client data until it owns the
Send State.
 Option C seems to be the best of the three.  However, there are still
problems when data continues to flow inbound from the Server and gets
treated by the Client as a response to what it has just sent out.  This
causes data synchronization problems because this new data has nothing to
do with the data the Client just sent out (because it's still queued at
the Server).  Often, the end result is a hung session.
 The solution is for the Server to provide the Client with an indication
that it is okay to go ahead and send data.  Let's call this the SDI (Send
Data Indicator).  The Server should send the SDI to the Client under the
following circumstances (NOTE: the items below refer to SNA information
like CDI, EBI and DRI.  These items do not flow down to the client and
reference to them implies presence in the data received from the host
before it is translated to TN3270E format and sent down to the Client):

 1) If the TN3270E RESPONSES function has been negotiated and DRI
(Definite Response Indicator) is set, as soon as it *receives* a response
from the Client for a data chain that had the CDI or EBI (End Bracket
Indicator) set.
 2) If the TN3270E RESPONSES function has been negotiated and DRI is
*NOT* set, as soon as it *sends* a chain to the Client that has either
the CDI or EBI set.
 3) If the TN3270E RESPONSES function has *NOT* been negotiated, as soon
as it *sends* a chain to the Client that has either the CDI or EBI set.

 The actual mechanism for sending the SDI to the Client will be discussed
later in the document.


 "BID PROBLEM"
 The second problem involves both explicit and implicit BID.  When the
SNA Session is in the BETB (Between Bracket) state, the host (PLU) may
bid for the Send State by either sending an Explicit or Implicit BID.  In
normal SNA, the Client must process this BID, either granting the Send
State to the host or rejecting the request.  Having granted the request,
it must wait its turn before attempting to send out any data.  In the
TN3270 world, there is no mechanism for including the Client in this BID
process.  Thus, the Server must process the BID on the Client's behalf.
 The Server has some options on how it can proceed -- all of them bad.
 It can: 1) always reject the explicit/implicit BID (this is bad because
it will prevent some host applications from working properly, 2) accept
the BID but forward Client data up to the host (will result in a state
error and the session will be unbound), 3) accept the BID and throw away
any subsequent data the Client sends the Server while the host owns the
Send State (this results in lost data), or 4) accept the BID and queue
any data sent by the Client until the Client has the Send State.
 Option 4) may seem on the surface as the best way to go.  However, there
are many applications that will be hosed by this approach (in a manner
similar to the Keyboard Restore problem discussed previously).  If the
Client continues to send data up to the Server after the Server has
granted a BID, the server will queue that data.  However, the Client may
interpret the data it receives from the host as a response to the data it
has just sent out (that's still queued at the Server).  This will result
in a hung/confused application.
 This problem can be fixed by allowing the BID to be propagated down to
the Client.  Whenever the Server receives a valid BID (implicit or
explicit) from the PLU (i.e. one that occurs in the BETB (Between
Bracket) state), it should propagate it down to the Client.  The client
will then respond either positively or negatively.  Having responded
positively, the Client must enter the "input inhibited" state until the
PLU has returned the Send State to the Client.


 IMPLEMENTATION OF SOLUTIONS:
 A new TN3270E FUNCTION will be introduced (e.g. 07).  Negotiating this
Function implies that both the Client and the Server will be able to
handle both the SDI and the BID.
 The SDI will be sent by setting the "REQUEST-FLAG field" to 0x01.
 Currently, the REQUEST-FLAG field is defined only for a data-type of
REQUEST.  Given that this BYTE is pretty much wasted, it makes sense to
use this field for SDI.  A value of 0x01 in this field will be
interpreted as SDI for all data types except REQUEST (for REQUEST it will
retain its current definition from RFC1647).  When the Client receives
the SDI, it implies that after processing the current TN3270E message
(i.e. when it sees the EOR) it will be okay to send data to the server.
 Note that the Client will still be allowed to send RESPONSES to the
Server, even if it has not received the SDI.  Also, in the case where the
Server is waiting for a definite response from the Client before sending
down the SDI, the RU sent to the Client that contains the SDI will be
NULL.

 BID requires a new TN3270E datatype (e.g. 0x09).  The Server will
indicate that it has received either an implicit or explicit BID by
sending this data type to the Client.  Even if the RESPONSES function has
not been negotiated, the Client MUST respond to the BID (the Server
should also send a SEQ-NUM which should be used by the Client in its
response).  It sends a positive response to the server via the RESPONSE
data type with the data byte containing POSITIVE-RESPONSE (as defined in
the current RFC).  It rejects the BID via the RESPONSE data type with the
data byte containing NEGATIVE-RESPONSE (as defined in the current RFC).
 The server is then responsible for constructing the appropriate SNA
response to the host.
 There is a potential race condition where the Client sends data to the
Server after the Server has sent the BID to the Client (presumably the
Client hadn't seen the BID before it sent data).  In this race condition
case where the Server sees data from the Client before it sees a
positive/negative response to the BID, it should treat the Data as an
implied negative response and reject the BID before sending the Client
data up to the host.  The Client will know that such a race has ocurred
because it will see a BID come from the Server before it receives the
SDI.  In this case, the Client can just silently discard the BID (no
response should be sent to the Server because the Server will already
have responded negatively to the host).
*******************************

 This is intended as a starting point -- a straw man to throw things at
(or you could even set it on fire if you're so inclined :-)


 Rodger Erickson
 Wall Data



 ----------
From:  bart[SMTP:bart@VNET.IBM.COM]
Sent:  Tuesday, June 17, 1997 10:30 AM
To:  tn3270e
Subject:  Work Group Activities

The following is a list of the current Enhancements being examined by the
tn3270e Enhancements work group and the party responsible for each item.
Please comment on these items as well as suggest other items that you
feel
are important but not listed. A decision will be reached by the work
group
on the final list by the December meeting in Washington DC based upon the
perceived priority of the item and amount of work group resource
available
to work on it.

            ITEMS               RESPONSIBLE PARTY
      -------------------       -------------------
      Security, Firewalls       Michael Boe
      Compression, Caching

      Service Location          Keith Humphrey
      Session Balancing

      RTM, Network Mgmt         Robert Moore

      Keyboard Restore,         Roger Erickson
      Bid/Implicit Bid

      Unbind, Sense Data,       Ed Bailey
      OIA

      Length Indicator,         Mark Williams
      Abort Flow (Flush)

      FMH                       Deric Bolton

An initial description of each item will be posted on the listsrv by the
responsible party for discussion.

 ------ Message Header Follows ------
Received: from walldata.com by msmail.walldata.com
  (PostalUnion/SMTP(tm) v2.1.8d for Windows NT(tm))
  id AA-1997Jun17.083514.1100.566197; Tue, 17 Jun 1997 08:35:14 -0700
Received: from list.nih.gov (list.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
 by walldata.com (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id IAA24031
 for <rerickso@HQ.WALLDATA.COM>; Tue, 17 Jun 1997 08:34:42 -0700 (PDT)
Received: from list.nih.gov (terrific.net.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
 by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id LAA10446;
 Tue, 17 Jun 1997 11:24:56 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from LIST.NIH.GOV by LIST.NIH.GOV (LISTSERV-TCP/IP release
1.8c)
with
          spool id 2752115 for TN3270E@LIST.NIH.GOV; Tue, 17 Jun 1997
11:24:53
          -0400
Received: from VNET.IBM.COM (vnet.ibm.com [204.146.168.194]) by
list.nih.gov
          (8.8.5/8.8.5) with SMTP id LAA10421 for <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>;
Tue,
          17 Jun 1997 11:24:49 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from RALVM5 by VNET.IBM.COM (IBM VM SMTP V2R3) with BSMTP id
2851;
          Tue, 17 Jun 97 11:24:46 EDT
From: bart@VNET.IBM.COM
Message-Id: <199706171524.LAA10421@list.nih.gov>
Date: Tue, 17 Jun 97 10:39:42 EDT
To: tn3270e@LIST.NIH.GOV
Subject: Work Group Activities
Sender: owner-tn3270e@LIST.NIH.GOV


Received: from cnri by ietf.org id aa08188; 20 Jun 97 12:37 EDT
Received: from list.nih.gov (list.nih.gov [165.112.130.6]) by cnri.reston.va.us (8.8.5/8.7.3) with ESMTPid MAA06904 for <ietf-archive@CNRI.RESTON.VA.US>; Fri, 20 Jun 1997 12:36:56 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from list.nih.gov (terrific.net.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
	by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id MAA18161;
	Fri, 20 Jun 1997 12:28:13 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from LIST.NIH.GOV by LIST.NIH.GOV (LISTSERV-TCP/IP release 1.8c) with
          spool id 2777714 for TN3270E@LIST.NIH.GOV; Fri, 20 Jun 1997 12:28:10
          -0400
Received: from VNET.IBM.COM (vnet.ibm.com [204.146.168.194]) by list.nih.gov
          (8.8.5/8.8.5) with SMTP id MAA18148 for <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>; Fri,
          20 Jun 1997 12:28:09 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from RALVM12 by VNET.IBM.COM (IBM VM SMTP V2R3) with BSMTP id 8540;
          Fri, 20 Jun 97 12:28:06 EDT
From: kennethw@vnet.ibm.com
Message-Id: <199706201628.MAA18148@list.nih.gov>
Date: Fri, 20 Jun 97 12:23:28 EDT
To: tn3270e@list.nih.gov
cc: NPW@datcon.co.uk
Subject: <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt>
Sender: owner-tn3270e@list.nih.gov

Nick,

>The proposed TN3270 MIB is certainly an extensive and thorough effort.
>I wouldn't claim to be a MIB expert, but I am concerned that several
>aspects of this MIB might make it difficult or impossible to implement
>except in very specific products.

>1) The MIB includes a lot of information which is only available on the
>host and not on a TN3270E gateway (unless the gateway administrator
>enters a lot of extra configuration information, in which case I'd
>question its likely accuracy).  I'm thinking here of all the information
>about host applications and users.  Is it valid just to leave these
>tables empty ?

>2) Some of the MIB objects are not really relevant to TN3270 or TN3270E,
>or are rather implementation dependent.  For example, the MIB includes
>control over binary line-mode and over go-aheads, and is overly specific
>about TIMEMARK keep-alives while omitting NOP keep-alives completely.

>3) The MIB includes information which is at too low a level in the
>TCP/IP stack.  I doubt whether many TN3270E implementations have much
>involvement with network interfaces, TCP retransmits or TCP round-trip
>times.

>The MIB also presents information in a way which will be easy for some
>implementations and difficult for others, but to a certain extent that's
>unavoidable.  (As an example, the LuMapTable maps LU names to IP
>addresses, which is easy if the server works that way, but more awkward
>if it maps IP addresses to LU names.)

>For the MIB to be reasonably widely implemented in practice, I think it
>needs to contain a clearly-identified subset which is based on the
>TN3270/TN3270E Specs and which is generally applicable.  It's not clear
>to me that the proposed MIB achieves this.

The proposed MIB was a starting point for discussion. I have received
similar comments as yours from other implementers and agree. The MIB
that I have submitted is being completely re-done to clearly identify
a subset of objects that should (hopefully) be common across
implementations. These objects will be mandatory. The other objects
will either be deleted on move into optional groups. I am also
removing the TCP stack specific objects from the tcpConnTable
AUGMENTation that I recommended and am submitting a separate proposal
to the TCP Implementation Working Group to add these plus other objects
to the TCP Group. I intend to distribute a new internet-draft that
should be more in line with what is needed prior to Munich.

Regards, Ken


Received: from cnri by ietf.org id aa08432; 20 Jun 97 12:56 EDT
Received: from list.nih.gov (list.nih.gov [165.112.130.6]) by cnri.reston.va.us (8.8.5/8.7.3) with ESMTPid MAA06944 for <ietf-archive@CNRI.RESTON.VA.US>; Fri, 20 Jun 1997 12:55:50 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from list.nih.gov (terrific.net.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
	by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id MAA19490;
	Fri, 20 Jun 1997 12:46:31 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from LIST.NIH.GOV by LIST.NIH.GOV (LISTSERV-TCP/IP release 1.8c) with
          spool id 2778091 for TN3270E@LIST.NIH.GOV; Fri, 20 Jun 1997 12:46:28
          -0400
Received: from smtp.datcon.co.uk (smtp.datcon.co.uk [192.91.191.4]) by
          list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with SMTP id MAA19473 for
          <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>; Fri, 20 Jun 1997 12:46:23 -0400 (EDT)
Received: by smtp.datcon.co.uk with SMTP (Microsoft Exchange Server Internet
          Mail Connector Version 4.0.995.52) id
          <01BC7DA1.B378DB20@smtp.datcon.co.uk>; Fri, 20 Jun 1997 17:45:11 +0100
Message-ID: <c=GB%a=TMAILUK%p=DCNET%l=CESTRIAN-970620164438Z-3396@smtp.datcon.co.uk>
From: Nick Weeds <NPW@datcon.co.uk>
To: "'kennethw@VNET.IBM.COM'" <kennethw@vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: 'TN3270E list' <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>
Subject: RE: <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt>
Date: Fri, 20 Jun 1997 17:44:38 +0100
X-Mailer: Microsoft Exchange Server Internet Mail Connector Version 4.0.995.52
Encoding: 72 TEXT
Sender: owner-tn3270e@list.nih.gov

Thanks Ken.

On reflection I wonder whether some of the mainframe-centric information
(host applications, users etc.) might be better placed in a mainframe
MIB separate from the TN3270 MIB.  Presumably that information is
applicable beyond TN3270 (e.g. normal SNA host access).  If so, it is
best kept on the mainframe in a mainframe MIB.  Then
- an administrator with a TN3270 gateway would query the mainframe for
mainframe information and the gateway for TN3270 gateway information
- an administrator with TN3270 access to the mainframe would query both
MIBs on the mainframe
- an administrator with SNA access to the host would query just the
mainframe MIB

        Nick.

>----------
>From:  kennethw@VNET.IBM.COM[SMTP:kennethw@VNET.IBM.COM]
>Sent:  20 June 1997 17:23
>To:    tn3270e@list.nih.gov
>Cc:    Nick Weeds
>Subject:       <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt>
>
>Nick,
>
>>The proposed TN3270 MIB is certainly an extensive and thorough effort.
>>I wouldn't claim to be a MIB expert, but I am concerned that several
>>aspects of this MIB might make it difficult or impossible to implement
>>except in very specific products.
>
>>1) The MIB includes a lot of information which is only available on the
>>host and not on a TN3270E gateway (unless the gateway administrator
>>enters a lot of extra configuration information, in which case I'd
>>question its likely accuracy).  I'm thinking here of all the information
>>about host applications and users.  Is it valid just to leave these
>>tables empty ?
>
>>2) Some of the MIB objects are not really relevant to TN3270 or TN3270E,
>>or are rather implementation dependent.  For example, the MIB includes
>>control over binary line-mode and over go-aheads, and is overly specific
>>about TIMEMARK keep-alives while omitting NOP keep-alives completely.
>
>>3) The MIB includes information which is at too low a level in the
>>TCP/IP stack.  I doubt whether many TN3270E implementations have much
>>involvement with network interfaces, TCP retransmits or TCP round-trip
>>times.
>
>>The MIB also presents information in a way which will be easy for some
>>implementations and difficult for others, but to a certain extent that's
>>unavoidable.  (As an example, the LuMapTable maps LU names to IP
>>addresses, which is easy if the server works that way, but more awkward
>>if it maps IP addresses to LU names.)
>
>>For the MIB to be reasonably widely implemented in practice, I think it
>>needs to contain a clearly-identified subset which is based on the
>>TN3270/TN3270E Specs and which is generally applicable.  It's not clear
>>to me that the proposed MIB achieves this.
>
>The proposed MIB was a starting point for discussion. I have received
>similar comments as yours from other implementers and agree. The MIB
>that I have submitted is being completely re-done to clearly identify
>a subset of objects that should (hopefully) be common across
>implementations. These objects will be mandatory. The other objects
>will either be deleted on move into optional groups. I am also
>removing the TCP stack specific objects from the tcpConnTable
>AUGMENTation that I recommended and am submitting a separate proposal
>to the TCP Implementation Working Group to add these plus other objects
>to the TCP Group. I intend to distribute a new internet-draft that
>should be more in line with what is needed prior to Munich.
>
>Regards, Ken
>


Received: from cnri by ietf.org id aa04153; 21 Jun 97 8:38 EDT
Received: from list.nih.gov (list.nih.gov [165.112.130.6]) by cnri.reston.va.us (8.8.5/8.7.3) with ESMTPid IAA08642 for <ietf-archive@CNRI.RESTON.VA.US>; Sat, 21 Jun 1997 08:37:29 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from list.nih.gov (terrific.net.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
	by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id IAA16471;
	Sat, 21 Jun 1997 08:28:49 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from LIST.NIH.GOV by LIST.NIH.GOV (LISTSERV-TCP/IP release 1.8c) with
          spool id 2781230 for TN3270E@LIST.NIH.GOV; Sat, 21 Jun 1997 08:28:45
          -0400
Received: from VNET.IBM.COM (vnet.ibm.com [204.146.168.194]) by list.nih.gov
          (8.8.5/8.8.5) with SMTP id IAA16458 for <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>; Sat,
          21 Jun 1997 08:28:44 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from RALVM12 by VNET.IBM.COM (IBM VM SMTP V2R3) with BSMTP id 6769;
          Sat, 21 Jun 97 08:28:43 EDT
From: kennethw@vnet.ibm.com
Message-Id: <199706211228.IAA16458@list.nih.gov>
Date: Sat, 21 Jun 97 08:24:54 EDT
To: NPW@datcon.co.uk
cc: tn3270e@list.nih.gov
Subject: RE: <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt>
Sender: owner-tn3270e@list.nih.gov

Nick,

>On reflection I wonder whether some of the mainframe-centric information
>(host applications, users etc.) might be better placed in a mainframe
>MIB separate from the TN3270 MIB.  Presumably that information is
>applicable beyond TN3270 (e.g. normal SNA host access).  If so, it is
>best kept on the mainframe in a mainframe MIB.  Then
>- an administrator with a TN3270 gateway would query the mainframe for
>mainframe information and the gateway for TN3270 gateway information
>- an administrator with TN3270 access to the mainframe would query both
>MIBs on the mainframe
>- an administrator with SNA access to the host would query just the
>mainframe MIB

I agree. I will resubmit what I consider to be a base MIB that
applies to both host and gateway TN3270E Servers. A second
internet-draft will be submitted to basically provide for Target
Application definition and mapping which Host Servers do but
Gateway Servers don't. Bob Moore, Katie Lee and myself are also working
on a third submission to define a MIB and explain how response
time data can be collected for TN3270E sessions. This is intended to
be a generic solution and prereqs only the base MIB, not the Target
Application Mapping MIB.

Ken


Received: from cnri by ietf.org id aa12647; 22 Jun 97 21:31 EDT
Received: from list.nih.gov (list.nih.gov [165.112.130.6]) by cnri.reston.va.us (8.8.5/8.7.3) with ESMTPid VAA09726 for <ietf-archive@CNRI.RESTON.VA.US>; Sun, 22 Jun 1997 21:30:21 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from list.nih.gov (terrific.net.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
	by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id VAA13142;
	Sun, 22 Jun 1997 21:22:13 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from LIST.NIH.GOV by LIST.NIH.GOV (LISTSERV-TCP/IP release 1.8c) with
          spool id 2789045 for TN3270E@LIST.NIH.GOV; Sun, 22 Jun 1997 21:22:08
          -0400
Received: from ringer.cisco.com (ringer.cisco.com [171.69.176.7]) by
          list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id VAA13129 for
          <tn3270e@LIST.NIH.GOV>; Sun, 22 Jun 1997 21:21:57 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from localhost (localhost [127.0.0.1]) by ringer.cisco.com
          (8.8.4-Cisco.1/8.6.5) with SMTP id LAA19080; Mon, 23 Jun 1997
          11:20:44 +1000 (EST)
Date: Mon, 23 Jun 1997 11:20:44 +1000 (EST)
From: Rajesh Agrawal <ragrawal@cisco.com>
Reply-To: Rajesh Agrawal <ragrawal@cisco.com>
Subject: Re: <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt>
To: kennethw@vnet.ibm.com
cc: NPW@datcon.co.uk, tn3270e@list.nih.gov
In-Reply-To: <199706211228.IAA16458@list.nih.gov>
Message-ID: <ML-3.3.867028844.6966.ragrawal@ringer.cisco.com>
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; CHARSET=US-ASCII
Sender: owner-tn3270e@list.nih.gov

Ken,

I appreciate your efforts in taking lead to develop a standard mib for
TN3270. We would like to offer any help that you might require in your
efforts.

I was planning to stress the need of accomdating both type of server
implementations - Host based servers and Gateway servers in standard
mib development. But I realize from your discussion with Nick Weeds
that you are already planning to do so. So instead of that, I would
just like to contribute some ideas that might help you in accomdating
the requirements of a gateway server implementation as well.

As you might be aware, Cisco has a gateway based TN3270/TN3270E server
implementation which is channel attached(other attachments
optional). We have developed a Cisco mib to satisfy the SNMP needs of
our product. It has proven very successful in the field in terms of
usefulness. I would like to present it to you and the Community as
representing our ideas. It (along with Ken's original proposal) could
serve as a basis of developing a generic mib that will satisfy needs
of most users.

Some of the the key features of our mib CISCO-TN3270SERVER-MIB are:

1. It is a bridging mib among TCPIP mib, NAU mib and DLUR mib. This is
minimalist approach from gateway point of view. So instead of
duplicating information, it builds on top of them.

2. We have two tables client ip/port to LU mapping and LU to client
ip/port table. This enables navigating the mib from either world -
TCPIP or SNA in efficient manner.

3. We store extensive statistices on server ip/port basis as this
gives good idea about overall server performance without having to
access each connection statistics and adding them. This approach
is effective as well as efficient.

4. We keep extensive configuration information in generic way about
PU, ip/port listening points and client ip-LU mapping.

5. Various other bits and pieces which enable in disgnosing problems.


While we tried to keep our mib as generic as possible for any gateway
implementation, I am sure there could be a few things that donot go
well with other Gateway server implementations. But as already pointed
out by Nick and you, substantial discussion is needed to arrive at a
mib that meets the needs of most implementations. I am sure you would
find this mib very innovative and useful, and as a step forward in you
efforts to develop a viable standard.

Please do let me know your criticism and comments. Also, we look
forward to any help we can provide in your efforts.

Regards,
Rajesh

Note: The Cisco mib is attached at the end of this mail


> Nick,
>
> >On reflection I wonder whether some of the mainframe-centric information
> >(host applications, users etc.) might be better placed in a mainframe
> >MIB separate from the TN3270 MIB.  Presumably that information is
> >applicable beyond TN3270 (e.g. normal SNA host access).  If so, it is
> >best kept on the mainframe in a mainframe MIB.  Then
> >- an administrator with a TN3270 gateway would query the mainframe for
> >mainframe information and the gateway for TN3270 gateway information
> >- an administrator with TN3270 access to the mainframe would query both
> >MIBs on the mainframe
> >- an administrator with SNA access to the host would query just the
> >mainframe MIB
>
> I agree. I will resubmit what I consider to be a base MIB that
> applies to both host and gateway TN3270E Servers. A second
> internet-draft will be submitted to basically provide for Target
> Application definition and mapping which Host Servers do but
> Gateway Servers don't. Bob Moore, Katie Lee and myself are also working
> on a third submission to define a MIB and explain how response
> time data can be collected for TN3270E sessions. This is intended to
> be a generic solution and prereqs only the base MIB, not the Target
> Application Mapping MIB.
>
> Ken



CISCO-TN3270SERVER-MIB DEFINITIONS ::= BEGIN

IMPORTS
        MODULE-IDENTITY,
        OBJECT-TYPE,
        Counter32,
        -- Unsigned32,
        Gauge32,
        IpAddress
            FROM SNMPv2-SMI

        TEXTUAL-CONVENTION,
        DisplayString,
        MacAddress,
        TimeStamp,
        TruthValue
            FROM SNMPv2-TC

        MODULE-COMPLIANCE, OBJECT-GROUP
            FROM SNMPv2-CONF

        ciscoMgmt
            FROM CISCO-SMI
;

ciscoTn3270ServerMIB MODULE-IDENTITY
        LAST-UPDATED "9701220000Z"
        ORGANIZATION "Cisco Systems, Inc."
        CONTACT-INFO
            "        Cisco Systems
                     Customer Service

             Postal: 170 W. Tasman Drive
                     San Jose, CA 95134
                     USA

                Tel: +1 800 553-NETS
             e-mail: cs-tn3270@cisco.com"
        DESCRIPTION
                "The MIB module for TN3270 Server.

                MIB description

                The PU and LU MIB are defined in RFC 1666. This MIB provides
                additional information on IP and LU mapping. The following
                entities are managed:

                1) TN3270S Global
                2) TN3270S Stats on Listen IP/Port basis
                3) TN3270S PU
                4) TN3270S IP to LU Mapping
                5) TN3270S LU to IP Mapping
                "
        REVISION     "9701220000Z"
        DESCRIPTION
                "Added tn3270sPuIpPrecedenceScreen,
                 tn3270sPuIpPrecedencePrinter,
                 tn3270sPuIpTosScreen and
                 tn3270sPuIpTosPrinter to tn3270sPuTable.

                 Added tn3270sPuNailTable and tn3270sIpNailTable.
                "

        REVISION     "9609120000Z"
        DESCRIPTION
                "Obsoleted tn3270sLuLastEvent.
                 Added ciscoTn3270ServerMIBGroupObsolete.
                 Modified SYNTAX clause for tn3270sLuAppnLinkIndex.
                 Introduced tn3270sRunningTime.
                 Replaced tn3270sStatsInboundTransactions,
                          tn3270sStatsOutboundTransactions,
                          tn3270sStatsSampledInboundTransactions,
                          tn3270sStatsNetSampledInboundTransactionRespTime,
                          tn3270sStatsSampledOutboundTransactions,
                          tn3270sStatsNetSampledOutboundTransactionRespTime,
                 with
                          tn3270sStatsInboundChains,
                          tn3270sStatsOutboundChains,
                          tn3270sStatsSampledHostResponses,
                          tn3270sStatsNetSampledHostResponseTime,
                          tn3270sStatsSampledClientResponses,
                          tn3270sStatsNetSampledClientResponseTime
                 respectively.
                "
::= { ciscoMgmt 54 }

tn3270sObjects     OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ciscoTn3270ServerMIB 1 }
tn3270sGlobal      OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270sObjects 1 }
tn3270sStats       OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270sObjects 2 }
tn3270sPu          OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270sObjects 3 }
tn3270sIp          OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270sObjects 4 }
tn3270sLu          OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270sObjects 5 }
tn3270sPuNail      OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270sObjects 6 }
tn3270sIpNail      OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270sObjects 7 }

Tn3270sUnsigned32 ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION
        STATUS     current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Unsigned32 definition. To be replaced by Unsigned32
                from SNMPv2-SMI when its implememted."
        SYNTAX INTEGER ( 0..4294967295 )

Tn3270sTCPPort ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION
        STATUS     current
        DESCRIPTION
                "A range for tn3270 port addresses."
        SYNTAX INTEGER ( 0..65535 )

Tn3270sPUIndex ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION
        STATUS     current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Address range for a PU."
        SYNTAX Tn3270sUnsigned32

Tn3270sLUIndex ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION
        STATUS     current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Address range for a LU."
        SYNTAX Tn3270sUnsigned32

Tn3270sCpuCard ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The identity of the board running the server.
                The values are as follows:
                  'Route Processor'
                  'CIP slot ' <slotNumber>
                     where slotNumber is a positive integer indicating
                     the slot number the CIP is installed in."
        SYNTAX DisplayString ( SIZE ( 10..16 ) )

--  *************************************************************
--  *                                                           *
--  *           TN3270 Server -  Global information             *
--  *                                                           *
--  *************************************************************
tn3270sGlobalTable  OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270sGlobalEntry
        MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
        STATUS      current
        DESCRIPTION
                "A list of TN3270 server and DLUR global information."
        ::= { tn3270sGlobal 1 }

tn3270sGlobalEntry OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX    Tn3270sGlobalEntry
        MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
        STATUS      current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Parameters values for a group."
        INDEX { tn3270sIndex }
        ::= { tn3270sGlobalTable 1 }

Tn3270sGlobalEntry  ::=    SEQUENCE {
        tn3270sIndex                  Tn3270sUnsigned32,
        tn3270sCpuCard                Tn3270sCpuCard,
        tn3270sMaxLus                 Tn3270sUnsigned32,
        tn3270sLusInUse               Gauge32,
        tn3270sStartupTime            TimeStamp,
        tn3270sGlobalTcpPort          Tn3270sTCPPort,
        tn3270sGlobalIdleTimeout      INTEGER,
        tn3270sGlobalKeepAlive        INTEGER,
        tn3270sGlobalUnbindAction     INTEGER,
        tn3270sGlobalGenericPool      INTEGER,
        tn3270sTimingMarkSupported    TruthValue,
        tn3270sRunningTime            Tn3270sUnsigned32
}

tn3270sIndex OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Tn3270sUnsigned32
        MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Index used to uniquely identify each tn3270 server
                instance. This index value shall not be reused when
                the server is shut down and a new instance invoked."
        ::= { tn3270sGlobalEntry 1 }

tn3270sCpuCard OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Tn3270sCpuCard
        MAX-ACCESS  read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The identity of the board running the server."
        ::= { tn3270sGlobalEntry 2 }

tn3270sMaxLus OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Tn3270sUnsigned32 (1..65535)
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The maximum number of LUs supported by the server."
        ::= { tn3270sGlobalEntry 3 }

tn3270sLusInUse OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Gauge32 (0..65535)
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The number of LUs currently in use on the server."
        ::= { tn3270sGlobalEntry 4 }

tn3270sStartupTime OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX TimeStamp
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The timestamp when the tn3270 server started."
        ::= { tn3270sGlobalEntry 5 }

tn3270sGlobalTcpPort OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Tn3270sTCPPort
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The default TCP port of this TN3270 Server, which is
                inherited by the PU if it doesn't have the TCP port
                explicitly defined in the router configuration for this PU."
        ::= { tn3270sGlobalEntry 6 }

tn3270sGlobalIdleTimeout OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER (0..65534)
        UNITS "seconds"
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The number of seconds of LU inactivity (from either
                host or client) before the TN3270 session is disconnected.
                Zero seconds means that LU sessions, by default, will
                not be disconnected when inactive, regardless of the
                amount of idle time spent."
        ::= { tn3270sGlobalEntry 7 }

tn3270sGlobalKeepAlive OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER (0..65534)
        UNITS   "seconds"
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The number of seconds of inactivity from client side
                which the TN3270 Server allows to elapse before sending
                DO-TIMING-MARK to the TN3270 client. If the client does
                not reply within thirty minutes of such a TIMING-MARK
                sending, the server disconnects the tn3270 session.
                Zero seconds indicates that no keepalives will be sent."
        ::= { tn3270sGlobalEntry 8 }

tn3270sGlobalUnbindAction OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER { keep(1), disconnect(2) }
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "This variable indicates whether or not a tn3270 session
                will be disconnected upon UNBIND.

                keep indicates that no automatic disconnect will be made
                by the server upon receipt of an UNBIND.

                disconnect indicates that the session will be
                disconnected upon receipt of an UNBIND."
        ::= { tn3270sGlobalEntry 9 }

tn3270sGlobalGenericPool OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER { permit(1), deny(2) }
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "This variable indicates whether or not leftover LUs
                will be made available to tn3270 sessions which
                do not request a specific LU or LU pool.

                A 'leftover' LU is defined as one for which all of the
                following conditions hold true:
                  .the SSCP did not send an ACTLU during PU startup; and
                  .the PU controlling the LU is capable of carrying PSID
                     vectors on NMVT messages(thus allowing DDDLU operation
                     for that LU).

                deny indicates that the leftover LUs should not
                be given to a generic pool (ie, the PU is not
                automatically fully populated with 255 LOCADDR definitions);

                permit indicates leftover LUs should be made available to
                tn3270 users wanting 'generic' sessions. All LUs in the
                generic pool are (by definition) Dynamic Definition of
                Dependant (DDDLU) capable."
        REFERENCE " 'SNA Formats',
                    publication number GA27-3136, IBM Corporation,

                    'APPN Dependent LU Requester Architecture Reference'
                    Document Number: SV40-1010-01, IBM Corporation.
                  "
        ::= { tn3270sGlobalEntry 10 }

tn3270sTimingMarkSupported OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX TruthValue
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "This variable indicates whether to send a timing mark to
                solicit a response before sending a response to the host.
                true indicates that a timing mark is sent, false
                indicates that it is not sent.

                By using timing mark, an application can determine the
                response time from the client. Some existing clients do
                not implement the timing mark correctly and will not work
                with this server if this parameter is set to true "
        ::= { tn3270sGlobalEntry 11 }

tn3270sRunningTime OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Tn3270sUnsigned32
        UNITS "seconds"
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Total time elapsed since start of tn3270 server."
        ::= { tn3270sGlobalEntry 12 }

--  *************************************************************
--  *                                                           *
--  * TN3270 Server -  Statistics and Load balancing parameters *
--  *                                                           *
--  *************************************************************

tn3270sStatsTable OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270sStatsEntry
        MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
        STATUS      current
        DESCRIPTION
                "A list of statistics for each TN3270 Server Listening
                IP/Port pair."

        ::= { tn3270sStats 1 }

tn3270sStatsEntry OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX    Tn3270sStatsEntry
        MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
        STATUS      current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The entry contains parameters which describe the
                statistics of the ip stacks."
        INDEX { tn3270sIndex,
                tn3270sStatsServerAddr,
                tn3270sStatsServerTcpPort }
        ::= { tn3270sStatsTable 1 }

Tn3270sStatsEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
        tn3270sStatsServerAddr                            IpAddress,
        tn3270sStatsServerTcpPort                         Tn3270sTCPPort,
        tn3270sStatsMaxSess                               Gauge32,
        tn3270sStatsSpareSess                             Gauge32,
        tn3270sStatsConnectsIn                            Counter32,
        tn3270sStatsDisconnects                           Counter32,
        tn3270sStatsTN3270ConnectsFailed                  Counter32,
        tn3270sStatsInboundChains                         Counter32,
        tn3270sStatsOutboundChains                        Counter32,
        tn3270sStatsSampledHostResponses                  Counter32,
        tn3270sStatsNetSampledHostResponseTime            Tn3270sUnsigned32,
        tn3270sStatsSampledClientResponses                Counter32,
        tn3270sStatsNetSampledClientResponseTime          Tn3270sUnsigned32
}

tn3270sStatsServerAddr OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX IpAddress
        MAX-ACCESS not-accessible
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The ip address of this TN3270 Server Listen endpoint."
        ::= { tn3270sStatsEntry 1 }

tn3270sStatsServerTcpPort OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Tn3270sTCPPort
        MAX-ACCESS not-accessible
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The TCP port in this TN3270 Server Listen endpoint."
        ::= { tn3270sStatsEntry 2 }

tn3270sStatsMaxSess OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Gauge32
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Number of Tn3270 sessions configured which are
                available to be used by tn3270 clients."
        ::= { tn3270sStatsEntry 3 }

tn3270sStatsSpareSess OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Gauge32
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Spare number of TN3270 sessions available for connect
                at query time."
        ::= { tn3270sStatsEntry 4 }

tn3270sStatsConnectsIn OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Counter32
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Total number of TN3270 session connects-in received."
        ::= { tn3270sStatsEntry 5 }

tn3270sStatsDisconnects OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Counter32
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Total number of TN3270 sessions disconnected."
        ::= { tn3270sStatsEntry 6 }

tn3270sStatsTN3270ConnectsFailed OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Counter32
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Total number of attempted sessions which failed to
                negotiate TN3270/E or were rejected by control point."
        ::= { tn3270sStatsEntry 7 }

tn3270sStatsInboundChains OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Counter32
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Total number of inbound(from client to host) RU chains
                (identified by end of record (EOR)) processed. Since
                every inbound RU chain is accompanied by client giving
                host the direction(CD), it is also a count of number of
                client transactions."

        ::= { tn3270sStatsEntry 8 }

tn3270sStatsOutboundChains OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Counter32
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Total number of Outbound(from host to client) RU Chains
                 (identified by EOR) processed."
        ::= { tn3270sStatsEntry 9 }

tn3270sStatsSampledHostResponses OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Counter32
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Total number of Sampled Inbound Transactions
                (identified by EOR) on which response time is
                computed since restart of last listen on
                ServerAddress/TcpPort. Counters get reset at
                that point."
        ::= { tn3270sStatsEntry 10 }

tn3270sStatsNetSampledHostResponseTime OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Tn3270sUnsigned32
        UNITS "10milliseconds"
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Total response time for all sampled inbound
                transactions for which response time is computed.
                Response time is the time difference between receiving
                EOR from the client, and receiving the response from the
                host. Note that the average response time is given by
                this object divided by tn3270sStatsSampledHostResponses."
        ::= { tn3270sStatsEntry 11 }

tn3270sStatsSampledClientResponses OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Counter32
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Total number of sampled outbound timing marks on
                 which response time computed."
        ::= { tn3270sStatsEntry 12 }

tn3270sStatsNetSampledClientResponseTime OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Tn3270sUnsigned32
        UNITS "10milliseconds"
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Total response time for all sampled timing marks
                on which response time is computed. Response time
                is the time diference between sending the timeing mark
                to the client and receiving the response from the client.
                Note that this is only valid if timeing mark is
                configured. Note that the average outbound response
                time is given by this object divided by
                tn3270sStatsSampledClientResponses."
        ::= { tn3270sStatsEntry 13 }


--  *************************************************************
--  *                                                           *
--  *           TN3270 Server -  PU parameters                  *
--  *                                                           *
--  *************************************************************


tn3270sPuTable OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX  SEQUENCE OF Tn3270sPuEntry
        MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
        STATUS  current
        DESCRIPTION
                "This table contains objects which describe the PU
                configuration parameters not defined in the
                NAU mib, APPN mib or DLUR mib"
        ::= { tn3270sPu  1 }

tn3270sPuEntry OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX  Tn3270sPuEntry
        MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
        STATUS  current
        DESCRIPTION
                "A list of TN3270 server PU parameters"
        INDEX  { tn3270sIndex, tn3270sPuIndex }
        ::= { tn3270sPuTable 1 }

Tn3270sPuEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
        tn3270sPuIndex               Tn3270sPUIndex,
        tn3270sPuIpAddr              IpAddress,
        tn3270sPuTcpPort             Tn3270sTCPPort,
        tn3270sPuIdleTimeout         INTEGER,
        tn3270sPuKeepAlive           INTEGER,
        tn3270sPuUnbindAction        INTEGER,
        tn3270sPuGenericPool         INTEGER,
        tn3270sPuState               INTEGER,
        tn3270sPuType                INTEGER,
        tn3270sPuLuSeed              DisplayString,
        tn3270sLocalSapAddress       INTEGER,
        tn3270sRemoteSapAddress      INTEGER,
        tn3270sRemoteMacAddress      MacAddress,
        tn3270sPuIpPrecedenceScreen  INTEGER,
        tn3270sPuIpPrecedencePrinter INTEGER,
        tn3270sPuIpTosScreen         INTEGER,
        tn3270sPuIpTosPrinter        INTEGER
}

tn3270sPuIndex OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX  Tn3270sPUIndex
        MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
        STATUS  current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Index used to uniquely identify each Node instance. This
                is the same as snaNodeAdminIndex in the NAU MIB."
        ::= { tn3270sPuEntry 1 }

tn3270sPuIpAddr OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX IpAddress
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The ip address of this TN3270 server."
        ::= { tn3270sPuEntry 2 }

tn3270sPuTcpPort OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Tn3270sTCPPort
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The TCP port of this TN3270 server telnet session."
        ::= { tn3270sPuEntry 3 }

tn3270sPuIdleTimeout OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER (0..65535)
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The number of seconds of LU inactivity (from either
                host or client) before the TN3270 session is
                disconnected. Zero seconds means that LU sessions,
                by default, will not be disconnected when inactive,
                regardless of the amount of idle time spent.

                65535 (not valid in server context) indicates that
                the idletime value should be taken from the server
                context."
        ::= { tn3270sPuEntry 4 }

tn3270sPuKeepAlive OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER (0..65535)
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The number of seconds of inactivity from client side
                which the TN3270 Server allows to elapse before
                sending DO-TIMING-MARK to the TN3270 client. If the
                client does not reply within thirty minutes of such
                a TIMING-MARK sending, the server disconnect the tn3270
                session. Zero seconds indicates that no keepalives
                will be sent.

                65535 (not valid in server context) indicates that the
                default keepalive value for an LU is taken from whatever
                value had been defined in the server context for this
                CIP card."
        ::= { tn3270sPuEntry 5 }

tn3270sPuUnbindAction OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER { keep(1), disconnect(2), inherit(3) }
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "This variable indicates whether or not a tn3270 session
                will be disconnected upon UNBIND.

                keep indicates that no automatic disconnect will be made by
                  the server upon receipt of an UNBIND.

                disconnect indicates that the session will be
                  disconnected upon receipt of an UNBIND.

                inherit indicates that the default keepalive value of an
                  LU is taken from whatever value had been defined in
                  the server context for this CIP card."
        ::= { tn3270sPuEntry 6 }

tn3270sPuGenericPool OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER { permit(1), deny(2), inherit(3) }
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "This variable indicates whether or not leftover LUs
                will be made available to tn3270 sessions which
                do not request a specific LU or LU pool.

                A 'leftover' LU is defined as one for which all of
                the following conditions hold true:
                    .the SSCP did not send an ACTLU during PU startup; and
                    .the PU controlling the LU is capable of carrying PSID
                       vectors on NMVT messages (thus allowing DDDLU
                       operation for that LU).

                inherit indicates that the value of tn3270sPuGenericPool is
                  to be the same as tn3270sGlobalGenericPool.

                deny indicates that the leftover LUs should not be given
                  to a generic pool (ie, the PU is not automatically
                  fully populated with 255 LOCADDR definitions);

                permit indicates leftover LUs should be made available to
                  tn3270 users wanting 'generic' sessions. All LUs in the
                  generic pool are (by definition) DDDLU capable."
        ::= { tn3270sPuEntry 7 }

tn3270sPuState   OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER {
            shut     (1),
            reset    (2),
            inactive (3),
            test     (4),
            xid      (5),
            pActpu   (6),
            active   (7),
            actBusy  (8)
        }
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The value identifies the current PU state. This has
                a different meaning for direct or DLUR PU before the
                link station is established.
                For DLUR PU, the PU is in reset state, for direct PU,
                this will be either sending a TEST or XID

                shut     (1) - The PU is configured but in shut state
                reset    (2) - The link station of this PU is not active.
                inactive (3) - The PU is not activated and the link-station
                                 or DLUR state is unknown.
                test     (4) - PU is sending a TEST to establish link.
                xid      (5) - TEST is responded, XID is sent.
                pActpu   (6) - The link station is up but no ACTPU is
                                 received.
                active   (7) - ACTPU is received and acknowledged positively.
                actBusy  (8) - Awaiting host to acknowledge the SSCP-PU data.
          "
        ::= { tn3270sPuEntry 8 }

tn3270sPuType   OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER { dlur(1), direct(2) }
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "This defines whether the connection to the host is
                via DLUR or direct link. If DLUR, LuSeed, lmac/sap,
                and rmac/sap in this table are undefined."
        ::= { tn3270sPuEntry 9 }


tn3270sPuLuSeed OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX DisplayString ( SIZE ( 1..6 ) )
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "For Direct PU this defines the LU name prefix (LU seed)
                which is concatinated with the locaddr to form a unique
                name."
        ::= { tn3270sPuEntry 10 }

tn3270sLocalSapAddress OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER (1..254)
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "SAP address of the local direct node."
        ::= { tn3270sPuEntry 11 }

tn3270sRemoteSapAddress OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER (1..254)
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "SAP address of the remote node; valid for direct PU only."
        ::= { tn3270sPuEntry 12 }

tn3270sRemoteMacAddress OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX MacAddress
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "MAC address of the remote node; valid for direct PU only."
        ::= { tn3270sPuEntry 13 }

tn3270sPuIpPrecedenceScreen OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER (0..7)
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The value of the PRECEDENCE field in the Type of
                Service octet in the IP header set by the TN3270
                server for outbound IP packets destined to the TN3270
                client screen. That is from the router to the TN3270
                client screen."
        REFERENCE "RFC791, RFC1349"
        ::= { tn3270sPuEntry 14 }

tn3270sPuIpPrecedencePrinter OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER (0..7)
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The value of the PRECEDENCE field in the Type of
                Service octet in the IP header set by the TN3270
                server for outbound IP packets destined to the TN3270
                client printer. That is from the router to the TN3270
                client printer."
        REFERENCE "RFC791, RFC1349"
        ::= { tn3270sPuEntry 15 }

tn3270sPuIpTosScreen OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER (0..15)
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The value of the TOS field in the Type of Service
                octet in the IP header set by the TN3270 server
                for outbound IP packets destined to the TN3270
                client screen. That is from the router to the TN3270
                client screen."
        REFERENCE "RFC791, RFC1349"
        ::= { tn3270sPuEntry 16 }

tn3270sPuIpTosPrinter OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER (0..15)
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The value of the TOS field in the Type of Service
                octet in the IP header set by the TN3270 server
                for outbound IP packets destined to the TN3270
                client printer. That is from the router to the TN3270
                client printer."
        REFERENCE "RFC791, RFC1349"
        ::= { tn3270sPuEntry 17 }

--  *************************************************************
--  *                                                           *
--  *           TN3270 Server -  IP mapping                     *
--  *                                                           *
--  *************************************************************

tn3270sIpTable OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270sIpEntry
        MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
        STATUS      current
        DESCRIPTION
                "A list of IP to LU mapping entries"
        ::= { tn3270sIp 1 }

tn3270sIpEntry OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX    Tn3270sIpEntry
        MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
        STATUS      current
        DESCRIPTION
                "A list of entries to relate a client IP address to the
                LU"
        INDEX { tn3270sIndex, tn3270sIpClientAddr,  tn3270sIpClientTcpPort }
        ::= { tn3270sIpTable 1 }

Tn3270sIpEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
        tn3270sIpClientAddr     IpAddress,
        tn3270sIpClientTcpPort  Tn3270sTCPPort,
        tn3270sIpPuIndex        Tn3270sPUIndex,
        tn3270sIpLuIndex        Tn3270sLUIndex
}

tn3270sIpClientAddr OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX IpAddress
        MAX-ACCESS not-accessible
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The ip address of the TN3270 client."
        ::= { tn3270sIpEntry 1 }

tn3270sIpClientTcpPort OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Tn3270sTCPPort
        MAX-ACCESS not-accessible
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The TCP port of the TN3270 client."
        ::= { tn3270sIpEntry 2 }

tn3270sIpPuIndex OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Tn3270sPUIndex
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The PU index associated with NAU and PU objects"
        ::= { tn3270sIpEntry 3 }

tn3270sIpLuIndex OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Tn3270sLUIndex
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The LU index associated with NAU and LU objects."
        ::= { tn3270sIpEntry 4 }


--  *************************************************************
--  *                                                           *
--  *           TN3270 Server -  LU mapping                     *
--  *                                                           *
--  *************************************************************


tn3270sLuTable OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270sLuEntry
        MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
        STATUS      current
        DESCRIPTION
                "This helps map LU to client ip/port. Also it provides
                other useful parameters not available elsewhere."
        ::= { tn3270sLu 1 }

tn3270sLuEntry OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX    Tn3270sLuEntry
        MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
        STATUS      current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Parameters values for a group."
        INDEX { tn3270sIndex, tn3270sLuPuIndex, tn3270sLuIndex }
        ::= { tn3270sLuTable 1 }

Tn3270sLuEntry ::=  SEQUENCE {
        tn3270sLuPuIndex       Tn3270sPUIndex,
        tn3270sLuIndex         Tn3270sLUIndex,
        tn3270sLuClientAddr    IpAddress,
        tn3270sLuClientTcpPort Tn3270sTCPPort,
        tn3270sLuTelnetType    INTEGER,
        tn3270sLuTermModel     DisplayString,
        tn3270sLuState         INTEGER,
        tn3270sLuCurInbPacing  INTEGER,
        tn3270sLuCurInbQsize   INTEGER,
        tn3270sLuCurOutQsize   INTEGER,
        tn3270sLuIdleTime      INTEGER,
        tn3270sLuType          INTEGER,
        tn3270sLuAppnLinkIndex DisplayString,
        tn3270sLuLfsid         INTEGER,
        tn3270sLuLastEvent     TimeStamp,
        tn3270sLuEvents        OCTET STRING,
        tn3270sLuNail          TruthValue
}

tn3270sLuPuIndex OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Tn3270sPUIndex
        MAX-ACCESS not-accessible
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Index used to uniquely identify each PU instance. This
                is the same as snaNodeAdminIndex in the NAU MIB."
        ::= { tn3270sLuEntry 1 }

tn3270sLuIndex OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Tn3270sLUIndex
        MAX-ACCESS not-accessible
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Index used to uniquely identify the LU instance within
                a PU. It is the locaddr. This is the same as
                snaLuAdminLuIndex in the NAU MIB."
        ::= { tn3270sLuEntry 2 }

tn3270sLuClientAddr OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX IpAddress
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The ip address of the TN3270 client connected to this LU."
        ::= { tn3270sLuEntry 3 }

tn3270sLuClientTcpPort OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX Tn3270sTCPPort
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The TCP port of the TN3270 client connected to this LU."
        ::= { tn3270sLuEntry 4 }

tn3270sLuTelnetType OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER { tn3270(1), tn3270e(2), neverConnect(3) }
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "This indicates whether the negotiated TN3270 session.
                TN3270, TN3270E or never connected."
        ::= { tn3270sLuEntry 5 }

tn3270sLuTermModel   OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX DisplayString ( SIZE ( 1..17 ) )
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Terminal type or model number of the incoming TN3270 client."
        REFERENCE "rfc1647"
        ::= { tn3270sLuEntry 6 }

tn3270sLuState OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER {
             inactive   (1),
             active     (2),
             pSdt       (3),
             actSession (4),
             pActlu     (5),
             pNotifyAv  (6),
             pNotifyUa  (7),
             pReset     (8),
             pPsid      (9),
             pBind      (10),
             pUnbind    (11),
             unbindWt   (12),
             sdtWt      (13)
        }
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The value identifies the current LU state.
                inactive    (1)  - LU didn't receive ACTLU.
                active      (2)  - LU received ACTLU and acknowledged
                                    positively.
                pSdt        (3)  - LU is bound but there is no SDT yet.
                act/session (4)  - LU is bound and in session.
                pActlu      (5)  - telnet connects in and is awating for
                                    ACTLU.
                pNotifyAv   (6)  - awaiting host notify-available response.
                pNotifyUa   (7)  - awaiting host notify-unavailable response.
                pReset      (8)  - awaiting for a buffer to send DACTLU
                                    response.
                pPsid       (9)  - awaiting for NMVT Reply psid response.
                pBind       (10) - awaiting for host to send bind.
                pUnbind     (11) - awaiting host unbind response.
                unbindWt    (12) - awaiting for client to acknowledge
                                     disconnection.
                sdtWt       (13) - awaiting for client to acknowledge SDT
                "
        ::= { tn3270sLuEntry 7 }

tn3270sLuCurInbPacing OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER( 0..63 )
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The number of inbound frames allowed to be sent to the
                host without receiving a pacing response from the host."
        ::= { tn3270sLuEntry 8 }

tn3270sLuCurInbQsize OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER( 0..63 )
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "After inbound pacing credit is exhausted, the inbound
                data is queued. This is the number of inbound frames
                queued waiting for host pacing response."
        ::= { tn3270sLuEntry 9 }

tn3270sLuCurOutQsize OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER( 0..63 )
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The number of TCP packets in the server queued for
                transmission to the client"
        ::= { tn3270sLuEntry 10 }

tn3270sLuIdleTime OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER( 0..65535 )
        UNITS "seconds"
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "Time since last activity was recorded on this LU."
        ::= { tn3270sLuEntry 11 }

tn3270sLuType OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER { dynamic(1), static(2) }
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "This indicates whether LU is dynamic or static.
                dynamic (1) - LU is configured as DDDLU.
                static  (2) - LU is configured as specific. Host will send
                                ACTLU as soon as PU is active.
                "
        ::= { tn3270sLuEntry 12 }

tn3270sLuAppnLinkIndex OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX DisplayString (SIZE (1..8) )
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "This is the link index into APPN mib for link on which
                bind flowed; only valid for DLUR LU."
        ::= { tn3270sLuEntry 13 }

tn3270sLuLfsid OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER( 0..65535 )
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "This is the session identifier on a PU 2.1 link."
        ::= { tn3270sLuEntry 14 }

tn3270sLuLastEvent OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX TimeStamp
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS obsolete
        DESCRIPTION
                "Time at which the last data was logged for this LU."
        ::= { tn3270sLuEntry 15 }

tn3270sLuEvents  OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX  OCTET STRING ( SIZE ( 0..16 ) )
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "An array of octets indicating the latest events which
                happened in this LU. Octet 1 is the most recent event,
                octet 2 the next most recent and so on. Although
                the maximum number of events kept is 16, the actual
                number of events kept may be lower than that. When more
                events are generated than are kept, the oldest ones are
                discarded.

                Events are encoded as:
                1  inactivity timer expired.
                2  dynamic timer expired,
                3  actlu from host
                4  bind  from host
                5  clear from host
                6  dactlu from host
                7  hierarchical reset from PU (warn actpu)
                8  sdt from host
                9  unbind from host
                10 notify response from host
                11 Reply psid negative response from host
                12 Reply psid pos response from host
                13 unbind response from host
                14 hierarchical reset from pu
                15 connect from client
                16 disconnect from client
                17 timing-mark response from client
                18 flow control timer expired
                19 negative response to host
                20 negative response from host
                21 data contention happened
                22 no buffer to send response
                23 receive a sna response while inbound
                "
        ::= { tn3270sLuEntry 16 }

tn3270sLuNail OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX TruthValue
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "This variable indicates whether this LU has been
                configured (Nailed) for a specific TN3270 client.
                TRUE  -> LU is nailed to the client IP address
                FALSE -> LU is not nailed to the client IP address
                "
        ::= { tn3270sLuEntry 17 }

--  *************************************************************
--  *                                                           *
--  *           TN3270 Server -  LU Nail Mapping                *
--  *                                                           *
--  *************************************************************
tn3270sPuNailTable OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX  SEQUENCE OF Tn3270sPuNailEntry
        MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
        STATUS  current
        DESCRIPTION
                "A list of reserved LUs and their associated IP
                addresses is represented here for the containing
                PU. Each LU is configured for a specific client
                IP address. This association between the LU and
                the client IP Address is called nailing. The client
                is said to be nailed to its LU and visa-versa.

                If the client IP address is known but the PU index
                is not known, a more efficient way to access
                this info is via tn3270sIpNailTable.
                "
        ::= { tn3270sPuNail 1 }

tn3270sPuNailEntry OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX  Tn3270sPuNailEntry
        MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
        STATUS  current
        DESCRIPTION
                "A list of entries to relate a PU to nailed
                clients.This table contains the same info as
                tn3270sIpNailTable. The indices are ordered to
                facilitate access to the information when the
                PU index is known but not the client IP address.
                This is necessitated due to the potentially large
                number of rows in the table.
                "
        INDEX { tn3270sIndex, tn3270sPuIndex, tn3270sPuNailClientIpAddr,
                tn3270sPuNailLuFirst }
        ::= { tn3270sPuNailTable 1 }

Tn3270sPuNailEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
        tn3270sPuNailClientIpAddr   IpAddress,
        tn3270sPuNailClientIpMask   IpAddress,
        tn3270sPuNailType           INTEGER,
        tn3270sPuNailLuFirst        INTEGER,
        tn3270sPuNailLuLast         INTEGER
}

tn3270sPuNailClientIpAddr OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX IpAddress
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The IP address of the nailed TN3270 client."
        ::= { tn3270sPuNailEntry 1 }

tn3270sPuNailClientIpMask OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX IpAddress
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The subnet mask of the nailed TN3270 client."
        ::= { tn3270sPuNailEntry 2 }

tn3270sPuNailType OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER { screen(1), printer(2) }
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The nailing type configured for the range of LUs
                within this PU is either screen or printer.
                screen -  The range of LUs will only be connected to
                          TN3270 clients with a device type which is
                          not 328*.  If an LU is statically configured
                          at the host, then it should be configured
                          with a screen DLOGMOD definition.
                printer - The range of LUs will only be connected to
                          TN3270
                          clients with device type which is 328*.
                          If an LU is statically configured at the
                          host, then it should be configured with
                          a printer DLOGMOD definition.
                "
        ::= { tn3270sPuNailEntry 3 }

tn3270sPuNailLuFirst OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER ( 1..255 )
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The first LU in this range nailed to this client ip
                address."
        ::= { tn3270sPuNailEntry 4 }

tn3270sPuNailLuLast OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER( 1..255 )
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The last LU in this range nailed to this client ip
                address."
        ::= { tn3270sPuNailEntry 5 }

--  *************************************************************
--  *                                                           *
--  *           TN3270 Server -  LU Nail Mapping                *
--  *                                                           *
--  *************************************************************
tn3270sIpNailTable OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX  SEQUENCE OF Tn3270sIpNailEntry
        MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
        STATUS  current
        DESCRIPTION
                "A list of reserved LUs and their associated IP
                addresses is represented here for the containing
                PU. Each LU is configured for a specific client
                IP address. This association between the LU and
                the client IP Address is called nailing. The client
                is said to be nailed to its LU and visa-versa.

                If the PU index is known but the client IP address
                is not known, a more efficient way to access
                this info is via tn3270sPuNailTable.
                "
        ::= { tn3270sIpNail 1 }

tn3270sIpNailEntry OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX  Tn3270sIpNailEntry
        MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
        STATUS  current
        DESCRIPTION
                "A list of entries to relate a PU to nailed
                clients. This table contains the same info as
                tn3270sPuNailTable. The indices are ordered to
                facilitate access to the info when the client
                IP address is known but not the PU index.
                This is necessitated due to the potentially large
                number of rows in the table.
                "
        INDEX { tn3270sIndex, tn3270sIpNailClientIpAddr,
                tn3270sPuIndex, tn3270sIpNailLuFirst }
        ::= { tn3270sIpNailTable 1 }

Tn3270sIpNailEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
        tn3270sIpNailClientIpAddr   IpAddress,
        tn3270sIpNailClientIpMask   IpAddress,
        tn3270sIpNailType           INTEGER,
        tn3270sIpNailLuFirst        INTEGER,
        tn3270sIpNailLuLast         INTEGER
}

tn3270sIpNailClientIpAddr OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX IpAddress
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The IP address of the nailed TN3270 client."
        ::= { tn3270sIpNailEntry 1 }

tn3270sIpNailClientIpMask OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX IpAddress
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The subnet mask of the nailed TN3270 client."
        ::= { tn3270sIpNailEntry 2 }

tn3270sIpNailType OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER { screen(1), printer(2) }
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The nailing type configured for the range of LUs
                 within this PU is either screen or printer.
                 screen -  The range of LUs will only be connected to
                           TN3270 clients with a device type which is
                           not 328*.  If an LU is statically configured
                           at the host, then it should be configured
                           with a screen DLOGMOD definition.
                 printer - The range of LUs will only be connected to
                           TN3270 clients with device type which is 328*.
                           If an LU is statically configured at the
                           host, then it should be configured with
                           a printer DLOGMOD definition.
                "
        ::= { tn3270sIpNailEntry 3 }

tn3270sIpNailLuFirst OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER( 1..255 )
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The first LU in this range nailed to this client ip
                address."
        ::= { tn3270sIpNailEntry 4 }

tn3270sIpNailLuLast OBJECT-TYPE
        SYNTAX INTEGER( 1..255 )
        MAX-ACCESS read-only
        STATUS current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The last LU in this range nailed to this client ip
                address."
        ::= { tn3270sIpNailEntry 5 }

-- Notifications
ciscoTn3270ServerMIBNotificationPrefix OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
ciscoTn3270ServerMIB 2 }
--   No notifications currently defined.

-- conformance information

ciscoTn3270ServerMIBConformance OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { ciscoTn3270ServerMIB 3
}
ciscoTn3270ServerMIBCompliances OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
ciscoTn3270ServerMIBConformance 1 }
ciscoTn3270ServerMIBGroups      OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= {
ciscoTn3270ServerMIBConformance 2 }


-- compliance statements

ciscoTn3270ServerMIBCompliance MODULE-COMPLIANCE
        STATUS  current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The compliance statement for entities which implement
                 the Cisco Tn3270s MIB"
        MODULE  -- this module
           MANDATORY-GROUPS { ciscoTn3270ServerMIBGroup }
        ::= { ciscoTn3270ServerMIBCompliances 1 }

-- units of conformance

ciscoTn3270ServerMIBGroup OBJECT-GROUP
        OBJECTS {
                tn3270sCpuCard,
                tn3270sMaxLus,
                tn3270sLusInUse,
                tn3270sStartupTime,
                tn3270sGlobalTcpPort,
                tn3270sGlobalIdleTimeout,
                tn3270sGlobalKeepAlive,
                tn3270sGlobalUnbindAction,
                tn3270sGlobalGenericPool,
                tn3270sTimingMarkSupported,
                tn3270sRunningTime,
                tn3270sStatsMaxSess,
                tn3270sStatsSpareSess,
                tn3270sStatsConnectsIn,
                tn3270sStatsDisconnects,
                tn3270sStatsTN3270ConnectsFailed,
                tn3270sStatsInboundChains,
                tn3270sStatsOutboundChains,
                tn3270sStatsSampledHostResponses,
                tn3270sStatsNetSampledHostResponseTime,
                tn3270sStatsSampledClientResponses,
                tn3270sStatsNetSampledClientResponseTime,
                tn3270sPuIpAddr,
                tn3270sPuTcpPort,
                tn3270sPuIdleTimeout,
                tn3270sPuKeepAlive,
                tn3270sPuUnbindAction,
                tn3270sPuGenericPool,
                tn3270sPuState,
                tn3270sPuType,
                tn3270sPuLuSeed,
                tn3270sLocalSapAddress,
                tn3270sRemoteSapAddress,
                tn3270sRemoteMacAddress,
                tn3270sIpPuIndex,
                tn3270sIpLuIndex,
                tn3270sLuClientAddr,
                tn3270sLuClientTcpPort,
                tn3270sLuTelnetType,
                tn3270sLuTermModel,
                tn3270sLuState,
                tn3270sLuCurInbPacing,
                tn3270sLuCurInbQsize,
                tn3270sLuCurOutQsize,
                tn3270sLuIdleTime,
                tn3270sLuType,
                tn3270sLuAppnLinkIndex,
                tn3270sLuLfsid,
                tn3270sLuEvents
        }
        STATUS  current
        DESCRIPTION
                "A collection of objects providing Tn3270 ability to a
                Cisco agent."
        ::= { ciscoTn3270ServerMIBGroups 1 }

ciscoTn3270ServerMIBComplianceObsolete MODULE-COMPLIANCE
        STATUS  obsolete
        DESCRIPTION
                "The compliance statement for obsolete entities."
        MODULE  -- this module
           GROUP ciscoTn3270ServerMIBGroupObsolete
           DESCRIPTION "list of obsolete objects."
        ::= { ciscoTn3270ServerMIBCompliances 2 }

ciscoTn3270ServerMIBGroupObsolete OBJECT-GROUP
        OBJECTS {
                tn3270sLuLastEvent
        }
        STATUS  obsolete
        DESCRIPTION
                "A collection of objects providing Tn3270 ability to a
                Cisco agent."
        ::= { ciscoTn3270ServerMIBGroups 2 }

ciscoTn3270ServerMIBComplianceRev1 MODULE-COMPLIANCE
        STATUS  current
        DESCRIPTION
                "The compliance statement for the TN3270 Server."
        MODULE  -- this module
           MANDATORY-GROUPS { ciscoTn3270ServerMIBGroup,
                              ciscoTn3270ServerMIBGroupRev1 }
        ::= { ciscoTn3270ServerMIBCompliances 3 }

ciscoTn3270ServerMIBGroupRev1 OBJECT-GROUP
        OBJECTS {
                -- IP precedence objects
                tn3270sPuIpPrecedenceScreen,
                tn3270sPuIpPrecedencePrinter,
                tn3270sPuIpTosScreen,
                tn3270sPuIpTosPrinter,

                -- Nail objects
                tn3270sLuNail,

                -- tn3270sPuNailTable
                tn3270sPuNailClientIpAddr,
                tn3270sPuNailClientIpMask,
                tn3270sPuNailType,
                tn3270sPuNailLuFirst,
                tn3270sPuNailLuLast,

                -- tn3270sIpNailTable
                tn3270sIpNailClientIpAddr,
                tn3270sIpNailClientIpMask,
                tn3270sIpNailType,
                tn3270sIpNailLuFirst,
                tn3270sIpNailLuLast
        }
        STATUS  current
        DESCRIPTION
                "A collection of objects providing LU nailing and IP
                 precedence features."
        ::= { ciscoTn3270ServerMIBGroups 3 }

END


Received: from cnri by ietf.org id aa02887; 23 Jun 97 22:15 EDT
Received: from list.nih.gov (list.nih.gov [165.112.130.6]) by cnri.reston.va.us (8.8.5/8.7.3) with ESMTPid WAA12715 for <ietf-archive@CNRI.RESTON.VA.US>; Mon, 23 Jun 1997 22:14:35 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from list.nih.gov (terrific.net.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
	by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id WAA17802;
	Mon, 23 Jun 1997 22:05:54 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from LIST.NIH.GOV by LIST.NIH.GOV (LISTSERV-TCP/IP release 1.8c) with
          spool id 2799094 for TN3270E@LIST.NIH.GOV; Mon, 23 Jun 1997 22:05:51
          -0400
Received: from VNET.IBM.COM (vnet.ibm.com [204.146.168.194]) by list.nih.gov
          (8.8.5/8.8.5) with SMTP id WAA17789 for <tn3270e@LIST.NIH.GOV>; Mon,
          23 Jun 1997 22:05:50 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from RALVM12 by VNET.IBM.COM (IBM VM SMTP V2R3) with BSMTP id 0594;
          Mon, 23 Jun 97 22:05:48 EDT
From: kennethw@vnet.ibm.com
Message-Id: <199706240205.WAA17789@list.nih.gov>
Date: Mon, 23 Jun 97 22:00:25 EDT
To: tn3270e@list.nih.gov
cc: ragrawal@cisco.com
Subject: Re: <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt>
Sender: owner-tn3270e@list.nih.gov

Rajesh,
   Thanks a lot for a copy of the your tn3270 MIB. I just finished
a base version of the tn3270e-mib that has been discussed. I need
to put it a side for the night and make some more revisions before
rewriting the internet-draft text and resubmitting to the list
for comments. Some quick comparisons between what I now have and
what you sent:

1. The new MIB that I plan on resubmitting is a series of tables
   that except for what is defined to extend the tcpConnTable
   has a server's local IP Address and port as the first indexes.
   I did this to enable representation of the tables at
   either a management application or to enable multi-tn3270(e)
   Server environments.

   A question for all those who are reading this is does any one
   know of a TN3270 Server implementation that can be configured
   to listen on multiple ports at the same time or an implementation
   where two Telnet Servers in the same host can listen on the same
   port?

   I tried to stay away from using integer indexes based on the
   experiences of the ifMib working group.
2. I don't yet have the equivalent of:
     tn3270sCpuCard  <= consider sysDescr to be equivalent from the
                      local server's system group.
     tn3270sGlobalGenericPool
     tn3270sGlobalStartupTime <= I have a object that keeps TimeTicks
                      from when a server was started. I may change
                      this to a TimeAndDate object. Not sure if
                      this plus tn3270sRunningTime is necessary.
     tn3270sStatsSpareSess    <= I have a total count of the number
                      of available LUs and a inUseCnt. Figured the
                      difference is equivalent to this.
     tn3270sStatsInBoundChains, OutBoundChains, SampledHostResponses,
     sampledHostResponseTime, SampledClientResponses,
     SampledClientResponseTime <= I assumed that there are tools
                      available to monitor the SNA side and that
                      server didn't need to keep RU counts. I'm
                      also not sure of the method of sampling
                      response times. A Response Time Monitoring
                      MIB is being worked on by myself, Bob Moore
                      and Katie Lee. I think we should re-visit
                      these after it has been submitted to the
                      working group for consideration.
    tn3270sPuTable <= In discussing the first MIB submitted with some
                      Gateway Server implementers I learned that not
                      all implementations have access to the PU
                      information so I left it out of the base MIB.
3. IP to LU mappings are hard to generalize. I will submit something
   that we all can pick a part. I'm thinking that IP Address to
   LU/Prt Mappings is the primary search path from a Server
   prospective and that a management application may prefer to
   map LU/Prt to IP Address. Disagreement?
4. The level of detail that you provide on a LU is not something
   that I have as of yet. I also don't have an equivalent of the
   tn3270sPuNailTable nor tn3270sIpNailTable.
5. The tables in the base MIB that I will resubmit were modeled
   with RowStatus objects to enable remote creation/deletion.

Thanks again for a look at your MIB. There actually was a fair amount
of overlap with what I have. I will re-post the base MIB in a day or
two so that we all can pick it a part, compare it to yours, and
decide were to go from there.

Thanks, Ken


Received: from cnri by ietf.org id aa02764; 24 Jun 97 5:46 EDT
Received: from list.nih.gov (list.nih.gov [165.112.130.6]) by cnri.reston.va.us (8.8.5/8.7.3) with ESMTPid FAA13198 for <ietf-archive@CNRI.RESTON.VA.US>; Tue, 24 Jun 1997 05:45:13 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from list.nih.gov (terrific.net.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
	by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id FAA25927;
	Tue, 24 Jun 1997 05:40:48 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from LIST.NIH.GOV by LIST.NIH.GOV (LISTSERV-TCP/IP release 1.8c) with
          spool id 2801643 for TN3270E@LIST.NIH.GOV; Tue, 24 Jun 1997 05:40:45
          -0400
Received: from smtp.datcon.co.uk (smtp.datcon.co.uk [192.91.191.4]) by
          list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with SMTP id FAA25914 for
          <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>; Tue, 24 Jun 1997 05:40:43 -0400 (EDT)
Received: by smtp.datcon.co.uk with SMTP (Microsoft Exchange Server Internet
          Mail Connector Version 4.0.995.52) id
          <01BC808A.EE5373E0@smtp.datcon.co.uk>; Tue, 24 Jun 1997 10:39:45 +0100
Message-ID: <c=GB%a=TMAILUK%p=DCNET%l=CESTRIAN-970624093914Z-112@smtp.datcon.co.uk>
From: Nick Weeds <NPW@datcon.co.uk>
To: "'kennethw@VNET.IBM.COM'" <kennethw@vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: 'TN3270E list' <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>
Subject: RE: <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt>
Date: Tue, 24 Jun 1997 10:39:14 +0100
X-Mailer: Microsoft Exchange Server Internet Mail Connector Version 4.0.995.52
Encoding: 84 TEXT
Sender: owner-tn3270e@list.nih.gov

Ken,

You asked about TN3270 implementations which can listen on multiple
ports.  We ship a TN3270 gateway which provides this capability.  Also,
if the TN3270 gateway is configured to use the standard TELNET port
(23), the TN3270 gateway will hand off the connection to the standard
TELNET daemon if the client is not a TN3270 client.

        Nick.

>----------
>From:  kennethw@VNET.IBM.COM[SMTP:kennethw@VNET.IBM.COM]
>Sent:  24 June 1997 03:00
>To:    tn3270e@LIST.NIH.GOV
>Cc:    ragrawal@cisco.com
>Subject:       Re: <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt>
>
>Rajesh,
>   Thanks a lot for a copy of the your tn3270 MIB. I just finished
>a base version of the tn3270e-mib that has been discussed. I need
>to put it a side for the night and make some more revisions before
>rewriting the internet-draft text and resubmitting to the list
>for comments. Some quick comparisons between what I now have and
>what you sent:
>
>1. The new MIB that I plan on resubmitting is a series of tables
>   that except for what is defined to extend the tcpConnTable
>   has a server's local IP Address and port as the first indexes.
>   I did this to enable representation of the tables at
>   either a management application or to enable multi-tn3270(e)
>   Server environments.
>
>   A question for all those who are reading this is does any one
>   know of a TN3270 Server implementation that can be configured
>   to listen on multiple ports at the same time or an implementation
>   where two Telnet Servers in the same host can listen on the same
>   port?
>
>   I tried to stay away from using integer indexes based on the
>   experiences of the ifMib working group.
>2. I don't yet have the equivalent of:
>     tn3270sCpuCard  <= consider sysDescr to be equivalent from the
>                      local server's system group.
>     tn3270sGlobalGenericPool
>     tn3270sGlobalStartupTime <= I have a object that keeps TimeTicks
>                      from when a server was started. I may change
>                      this to a TimeAndDate object. Not sure if
>                      this plus tn3270sRunningTime is necessary.
>     tn3270sStatsSpareSess    <= I have a total count of the number
>                      of available LUs and a inUseCnt. Figured the
>                      difference is equivalent to this.
>     tn3270sStatsInBoundChains, OutBoundChains, SampledHostResponses,
>     sampledHostResponseTime, SampledClientResponses,
>     SampledClientResponseTime <= I assumed that there are tools
>                      available to monitor the SNA side and that
>                      server didn't need to keep RU counts. I'm
>                      also not sure of the method of sampling
>                      response times. A Response Time Monitoring
>                      MIB is being worked on by myself, Bob Moore
>                      and Katie Lee. I think we should re-visit
>                      these after it has been submitted to the
>                      working group for consideration.
>    tn3270sPuTable <= In discussing the first MIB submitted with some
>                      Gateway Server implementers I learned that not
>                      all implementations have access to the PU
>                      information so I left it out of the base MIB.
>3. IP to LU mappings are hard to generalize. I will submit something
>   that we all can pick a part. I'm thinking that IP Address to
>   LU/Prt Mappings is the primary search path from a Server
>   prospective and that a management application may prefer to
>   map LU/Prt to IP Address. Disagreement?
>4. The level of detail that you provide on a LU is not something
>   that I have as of yet. I also don't have an equivalent of the
>   tn3270sPuNailTable nor tn3270sIpNailTable.
>5. The tables in the base MIB that I will resubmit were modeled
>   with RowStatus objects to enable remote creation/deletion.
>
>Thanks again for a look at your MIB. There actually was a fair amount
>of overlap with what I have. I will re-post the base MIB in a day or
>two so that we all can pick it a part, compare it to yours, and
>decide were to go from there.
>
>Thanks, Ken
>


Received: from cnri by ietf.org id aa04760; 24 Jun 97 8:37 EDT
Received: from list.nih.gov (list.nih.gov [165.112.130.6]) by cnri.reston.va.us (8.8.5/8.7.3) with ESMTPid IAA13466 for <ietf-archive@CNRI.RESTON.VA.US>; Tue, 24 Jun 1997 08:36:04 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from list.nih.gov (terrific.net.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
	by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id IAA28229;
	Tue, 24 Jun 1997 08:28:11 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from LIST.NIH.GOV by LIST.NIH.GOV (LISTSERV-TCP/IP release 1.8c) with
          spool id 2802291 for TN3270E@LIST.NIH.GOV; Tue, 24 Jun 1997 08:28:08
          -0400
Received: from tai.cisco.com (tai.cisco.com [171.69.160.33]) by list.nih.gov
          (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id IAA28216 for <tn3270e@LIST.NIH.GOV>; Tue,
          24 Jun 1997 08:28:07 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from foobar.cisco.com (sj-dial-3-37.cisco.com [171.68.179.38]) by
          tai.cisco.com (8.8.4-Cisco.1/8.6.5) with SMTP id IAA10334; Tue, 24
          Jun 1997 08:27:15 -0400 (EDT)
Date: Tue, 24 Jun 1997 08:21:41 -0500 (Central Daylight Time)
From: Michael Boe <mboe@cisco.com>
Reply-To: Michael Boe <mboe@cisco.com>
Subject: RE: <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt>
To: Nick Weeds <NPW@datcon.co.uk>
cc: "'kennethw@VNET.IBM.COM'" <kennethw@vnet.ibm.com>, 
    'TN3270E list' <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>
Message-ID: <Roam2.0.6.867158501.10935.mboe@tai.cisco.com>
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; CHARSET=US-ASCII
Sender: owner-tn3270e@list.nih.gov

>Ken,
>
>You asked about TN3270 implementations which can listen on multiple
>ports.  We ship a TN3270 gateway which provides this capability.  Also,
>if the TN3270 gateway is configured to use the standard TELNET port
>(23), the TN3270 gateway will hand off the connection to the standard
>TELNET daemon if the client is not a TN3270 client.

And the cisco implementation can listen on multiple ports and multiple IP
addresses.

/msb

>
>        Nick.
>
>>----------
>>From:  kennethw@VNET.IBM.COM[SMTP:kennethw@VNET.IBM.COM]
>>Sent:  24 June 1997 03:00
>>To:    tn3270e@LIST.NIH.GOV
>>Cc:    ragrawal@cisco.com
>>Subject:       Re: <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt>
>>
>>Rajesh,
>>   Thanks a lot for a copy of the your tn3270 MIB. I just finished
>>a base version of the tn3270e-mib that has been discussed. I need
>>to put it a side for the night and make some more revisions before
>>rewriting the internet-draft text and resubmitting to the list
>>for comments. Some quick comparisons between what I now have and
>>what you sent:
>>
>>1. The new MIB that I plan on resubmitting is a series of tables
>>   that except for what is defined to extend the tcpConnTable
>>   has a server's local IP Address and port as the first indexes.
>>   I did this to enable representation of the tables at
>>   either a management application or to enable multi-tn3270(e)
>>   Server environments.
>>
>>   A question for all those who are reading this is does any one
>>   know of a TN3270 Server implementation that can be configured
>>   to listen on multiple ports at the same time or an implementation
>>   where two Telnet Servers in the same host can listen on the same
>>   port?
>>
>>   I tried to stay away from using integer indexes based on the
>>   experiences of the ifMib working group.
>>2. I don't yet have the equivalent of:
>>     tn3270sCpuCard  <= consider sysDescr to be equivalent from the
>>                      local server's system group.
>>     tn3270sGlobalGenericPool
>>     tn3270sGlobalStartupTime <= I have a object that keeps TimeTicks
>>                      from when a server was started. I may change
>>                      this to a TimeAndDate object. Not sure if
>>                      this plus tn3270sRunningTime is necessary.
>>     tn3270sStatsSpareSess    <= I have a total count of the number
>>                      of available LUs and a inUseCnt. Figured the
>>                      difference is equivalent to this.
>>     tn3270sStatsInBoundChains, OutBoundChains, SampledHostResponses,
>>     sampledHostResponseTime, SampledClientResponses,
>>     SampledClientResponseTime <= I assumed that there are tools
>>                      available to monitor the SNA side and that
>>                      server didn't need to keep RU counts. I'm
>>                      also not sure of the method of sampling
>>                      response times. A Response Time Monitoring
>>                      MIB is being worked on by myself, Bob Moore
>>                      and Katie Lee. I think we should re-visit
>>                      these after it has been submitted to the
>>                      working group for consideration.
>>    tn3270sPuTable <= In discussing the first MIB submitted with some
>>                      Gateway Server implementers I learned that not
>>                      all implementations have access to the PU
>>                      information so I left it out of the base MIB.
>>3. IP to LU mappings are hard to generalize. I will submit something
>>   that we all can pick a part. I'm thinking that IP Address to
>>   LU/Prt Mappings is the primary search path from a Server
>>   prospective and that a management application may prefer to
>>   map LU/Prt to IP Address. Disagreement?
>>4. The level of detail that you provide on a LU is not something
>>   that I have as of yet. I also don't have an equivalent of the
>>   tn3270sPuNailTable nor tn3270sIpNailTable.
>>5. The tables in the base MIB that I will resubmit were modeled
>>   with RowStatus objects to enable remote creation/deletion.
>>
>>Thanks again for a look at your MIB. There actually was a fair amount
>>of overlap with what I have. I will re-post the base MIB in a day or
>>two so that we all can pick it a part, compare it to yours, and
>>decide were to go from there.
>>
>>Thanks, Ken
>>


Received: from cnri by ietf.org id aa07999; 24 Jun 97 10:53 EDT
Received: from list.nih.gov (list.nih.gov [165.112.130.6]) by cnri.reston.va.us (8.8.5/8.7.3) with ESMTPid KAA00311 for <ietf-archive@CNRI.RESTON.VA.US>; Tue, 24 Jun 1997 10:52:19 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from list.nih.gov (terrific.net.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
	by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id KAA03368;
	Tue, 24 Jun 1997 10:46:26 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from LIST.NIH.GOV by LIST.NIH.GOV (LISTSERV-TCP/IP release 1.8c) with
          spool id 2803688 for TN3270E@LIST.NIH.GOV; Tue, 24 Jun 1997 10:46:23
          -0400
Received: from ntrlink (ntrlink.hq.interlink.com [138.42.128.44]) by
          list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with SMTP id KAA03345 for
          <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>; Tue, 24 Jun 1997 10:46:18 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from fab.md.interlink.com by ntrlink (SMI-8.6/SMI-SVR4) id HAA29396;
          Tue, 24 Jun 1997 07:49:45 -0700
Received: by fab.md.interlink.com (SMI-8.6/SMI-SVR4) id KAA01201; Tue, 24 Jun
          1997 10:46:34 -0400
Date: Tue, 24 Jun 1997 10:46:34 -0400
From: Fred Bohle <fab@md.interlink.com>
Message-Id: <199706241446.KAA01201@fab.md.interlink.com>
To: kennethw@vnet.ibm.com, NPW@datcon.co.uk
Subject: RE: <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt>
Cc: tn3270e@list.nih.gov
X-Sun-Charset: US-ASCII
Sender: owner-tn3270e@list.nih.gov

Ken,
>
> You asked about TN3270 implementations which can listen on multiple
> ports.  We ship a TN3270 gateway which provides this capability.  Also,
> if the TN3270 gateway is configured to use the standard TELNET port
> (23), the TN3270 gateway will hand off the connection to the standard
> TELNET daemon if the client is not a TN3270 client.
>

We also have a Telnet which can listen on multiple ports, and are working
on a TCP which will support multiple Telnet servers listening on the
SAME port.

Fred


Received: from cnri by ietf.org id aa08767; 24 Jun 97 11:26 EDT
Received: from list.nih.gov (list.nih.gov [165.112.130.6]) by cnri.reston.va.us (8.8.5/8.7.3) with ESMTPid LAA00407 for <ietf-archive@CNRI.RESTON.VA.US>; Tue, 24 Jun 1997 11:25:06 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from list.nih.gov (terrific.net.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
	by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id LAA04905;
	Tue, 24 Jun 1997 11:20:22 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from LIST.NIH.GOV by LIST.NIH.GOV (LISTSERV-TCP/IP release 1.8c) with
          spool id 2804163 for TN3270E@LIST.NIH.GOV; Tue, 24 Jun 1997 11:20:19
          -0400
Received: from VNET.IBM.COM (vnet.ibm.com [204.146.168.194]) by list.nih.gov
          (8.8.5/8.8.5) with SMTP id LAA04887 for <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>; Tue,
          24 Jun 1997 11:20:16 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from RALVM12 by VNET.IBM.COM (IBM VM SMTP V2R3) with BSMTP id 6970;
          Tue, 24 Jun 97 11:20:13 EDT
From: kennethw@vnet.ibm.com
Message-Id: <199706241520.LAA04887@list.nih.gov>
Date: Tue, 24 Jun 97 11:11:55 EDT
To: tn3270e@list.nih.gov
cc: NPW@datcon.co.uk, mboe@cisco.com, fab@md.interlink.com, 
    mike_capello@ccmail.orl.lmco.com
Subject: RE: TN3270E Server Port Usage
Sender: owner-tn3270e@list.nih.gov

Thanks for all of the responses. I thought that the requirement
for multiple server port usage would occur. Sharing a port between
TN3270E Servers is also a requirement that I accept with respect
to the modeling of the MIB.

Currently, the MIB has most of its tables index by:

    tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr           IpAddress    AND
    tn3270eSrvrConfPort             Integer32

tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr is any local IP Address that can be used to
reach a particular TN3270E Server. There are a couple of approaches
that can be used to handle the sharing problem:

1. Require that a entry be added for each port used by a TN3270E
   server. A TN3270E Server that was listening on multiple ports
   would have a tn3270eSrvrConfAdminStatus object for example
   for each port. The only problem with this approach is that it
   doesn't allow multiple instances of a server to share the same
   port.
2. Instead of using the local port use an integer index that would
   have the requirement of being unique between multi-server
   instances. The indexes would be:
      tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr           IpAddress    AND
      tn3270eSrvrConfsIndex           Integer32
   Two options then would exist as to handling port usage:
   A. Create a port assignment table to show which ports are
      assigned to which servers.
   B. Add an object to the tn3270eSrvrConfTable to show port
      and require that multiple port usage create unique entries
      in this table.

I'm thinking that 2.A is the best choice. Opinions? I plan on going this
way unless someone objects. I will post an informal copy of the MIB
module in a few hours after I get it to cleanly compile so that you
can all start looking at it while I work on the text.

Ken


Received: from cnri by ietf.org id aa16198; 24 Jun 97 15:00 EDT
Received: from list.nih.gov (list.nih.gov [165.112.130.6]) by cnri.reston.va.us (8.8.5/8.7.3) with ESMTPid OAA01507 for <ietf-archive@CNRI.RESTON.VA.US>; Tue, 24 Jun 1997 14:59:47 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from list.nih.gov (terrific.net.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
	by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id OAA11057;
	Tue, 24 Jun 1997 14:54:49 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from LIST.NIH.GOV by LIST.NIH.GOV (LISTSERV-TCP/IP release 1.8c) with
          spool id 2805902 for TN3270E@LIST.NIH.GOV; Tue, 24 Jun 1997 14:54:46
          -0400
Received: from VNET.IBM.COM (vnet.ibm.com [204.146.168.194]) by list.nih.gov
          (8.8.5/8.8.5) with SMTP id OAA11039 for <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>; Tue,
          24 Jun 1997 14:54:44 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from RALVM12 by VNET.IBM.COM (IBM VM SMTP V2R3) with BSMTP id 7132;
          Tue, 24 Jun 97 14:54:44 EDT
From: kennethw@vnet.ibm.com
Message-Id: <199706241854.OAA11039@list.nih.gov>
Date: Tue, 24 Jun 97 14:48:10 EDT
To: tn3270e@list.nih.gov
cc: dbolton@cisco.com
Subject: Re: <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-00.txt>>
Sender: owner-tn3270e@list.nih.gov

Derek,

>>    A question for all those who are reading this is does any one
>>    know of a TN3270 Server implementation that can be configured
>>    to listen on multiple ports at the same time

>Yes - ours.  PUs can be grouped onto different ports, so by
>selecting a target port the client selects a subset of the PUs.
>There are many uses for this.  E.g. the PUs could have different
>LUGROUPs at VTAM.

I created a port table to configure which ports that a server
is using as I described in my last note to the list. Handling
restricting resource assignments based on client port selection
is a requirement that I will try to accommodate. I've attempted
to do this in a generic way such that servers that don't do
this would use a port value of 0 to imply no restriction.

I've created two tables to define IP Groups and Resource Pools.
A Resource Pool is a collection of LU/Printer resources.
The Resource Pool table provides objects to map the entry
to a IP Group and restrict it to a particular client port
selection.

Two additional tables were defined, tn3270eResMapTable and
tn3270eIpMapTable, to provide actual mappings. The IP Groups
and Resource Pool tables are optional. When an entry is
added to the tn3270eResPoolTable entries are suppose to be
automatically created in the tn3270eIpMapTable and tn3270eResMapTable.
Deletion works in a similar fashion. The tn3270eIpMapTable and
tn3270eResMapTable can be used directly as oppose to doing IP Groupings
and Resource Pool definitions.

My intent is to provide flexibility in how a server can configure
this in order to cover most implementations.

>>      tn3270sStatsSpareSess    <= I have a total count of the number
>>                       of available LUs and a inUseCnt. Figured the
>>                       difference is equivalent to this.

>We made the same subtle mistake at first.  If a PU supports
>ANS=CONT then it can find itself in the position of having
>active LU-LU sessions but no SSCP-PU session (during SSCP takeover).
>In this state, the PU does not contribute to total usable LUs
>(no new clients can be accepted in this state) but does want to
>count its active sessions as "in use".  Taking the difference to
>produce "spare LUs" gets the wrong answer.

OKay, I will add this in. I'm thinking of the three different counts
(total, inUse, spare) for both Resource types: LU and Printer.

>>     tn3270sPuTable <= In discussing the first MIB submitted with some
>>                       Gateway Server implementers I learned that not
>>                       all implementations have access to the PU
>>                       information so I left it out of the base MIB.

>OK, but where PU info is available we need some way to tie the
>MIBs together.  In the Cisco CIP TN3270 Server case, we also support
>the NAU MIB.  The tn3270sPuTable parallels this (same indices) so that
>tn3270-specific config of the PUs can be associated with the NAU MIB
>entries.

In current MIB that I will be posting I don't as of yet have
a PU Index element. Please take a look at the posting and let me
know what you want to recommend. A possibility is that
I add a PU Index object to these tables and state that it is
optional. Another is that you can contribute to what we were
calling a Host oriented MIB with a series of table definitions
and add the indexes in what you need. If we go this way we can
call this the TN3270E Supplemental MIB as oppose to a Host MIB.

Ken


Received: from cnri by ietf.org id aa16538; 24 Jun 97 15:13 EDT
Received: from list.nih.gov (list.nih.gov [165.112.130.6]) by cnri.reston.va.us (8.8.5/8.7.3) with ESMTPid PAA01562 for <ietf-archive@CNRI.RESTON.VA.US>; Tue, 24 Jun 1997 15:12:51 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from list.nih.gov (terrific.net.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
	by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id PAA11493;
	Tue, 24 Jun 1997 15:05:06 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from LIST.NIH.GOV by LIST.NIH.GOV (LISTSERV-TCP/IP release 1.8c) with
          spool id 2806023 for TN3270E@LIST.NIH.GOV; Tue, 24 Jun 1997 15:05:03
          -0400
Received: from VNET.IBM.COM (vnet.ibm.com [204.146.168.194]) by list.nih.gov
          (8.8.5/8.8.5) with SMTP id PAA11480 for <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>; Tue,
          24 Jun 1997 15:05:01 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from RALVM12 by VNET.IBM.COM (IBM VM SMTP V2R3) with BSMTP id 7603;
          Tue, 24 Jun 97 15:04:59 EDT
From: kennethw@vnet.ibm.com
Message-Id: <199706241905.PAA11480@list.nih.gov>
Date: Tue, 24 Jun 97 14:51:43 EDT
To: tn3270e@list.nih.gov
Subject: New Base MIB Module
Sender: owner-tn3270e@list.nih.gov

I've appended to this note a current copy of a base tn3270e MIB.
It looks very different from the prior posting. Some high level
changes:

1. Removed the Host unique objects and reorganized to focus
   on the common set of objects between TN3270/TN3270E
   Server architectures.
2. Added a new object, tn3270eSrvrConfProtoSupported, to reflect the
   TN3270E functions that a server can support. tn3270eTcpConnProto
   was modified to reflect the negotiated functions on a session
   basis. The tn3270eTcpConnTable was modified to use the
   indexes of the tcpConnTable and not AUGMENT it since the
   relationship between these tables is sparse not one-to-one.
   Also, the objects that were not available at the server
   layer were removed.
3. The objects at the beginning of the MIB were restructured
   to be table entry elements. I did this in order to create
   a table that could be used at both the manager side as well
   as at a TN3270 Server instance. If there are objections to
   this I'm willing to change it back! Take a look at
   tn3270eSrvrConfTable.
4. I attempted to redefine the three objects that previously were
   intended for TIMEMARK processing to be more generic to allow
   use of a NOP instead of a TIMEMARK subcommand. The three
   new objects are:
       tn3270eSrvrConfActivityCheck
       tn3270eSrvrConfActivityTimeout
       tn3270eSrvrConfActivityInterval
5. Created a tn3270eSrvrStatsTable to keep track of global
   Server statistics.
6. Create four tables: tn3270eIpGroupTable, tn3270eResPoolTable,
   tn3270eResMapTable and tn3270eIpMapTable, to provide for
   defining these mappings.

Is any one interested in adding:

 - An LU in use threshold to monitor the number of
   available LUs and generate a TRAP when the threshold
   is reached. If we do this then I would recommend a
   resolution threshold to indicate that the available
   number of LUs has fallen below an acceptable level.
-  negotiated terminalType to the tn3270eTcpConnTable.

The appended MIB is my first draft at what we have discussed. I
would appreciate feedback while I start work on a new internet-draft
submission. It compiles but that all at this time.

Ken
----------------------------------------------------------------------
TN3270E-MIB DEFINITIONS ::= BEGIN

IMPORTS
    MODULE-IDENTITY, OBJECT-TYPE, BITS, Unsigned32,
    experimental, Integer32, IpAddress, TimeTicks,
    Counter32
        FROM SNMPv2-SMI
    TEXTUAL-CONVENTION, RowStatus, DisplayString
        FROM SNMPv2-TC
    MODULE-COMPLIANCE, OBJECT-GROUP
        FROM SNMPv2-CONF
    tcpConnLocalAddress, tcpConnLocalPort,
    tcpConnRemAddress, tcpConnRemPort
        FROM TCP-MIB
    ;

tn3270eMIB MODULE-IDENTITY
    LAST-UPDATED "9706200000Z" -- June 20, 1997
    ORGANIZATION "TN3270E Working Group"
    CONTACT-INFO
        "Kenneth White (kennethw@vnet.ibm.com)
         IBM Corp."
    DESCRIPTION
        "This module defines a portion of the management
        information base (MIB) for managing TN3270E Servers"
    -- Need an experimental OID from IANA
    ::= { experimental 2001 }

-- ***************************************************************
-- Textual Conventions
-- ***************************************************************

ResourceType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The type of resource defined by a Resource Pool. Refer
        to tn3270eResPoolTable."
    SYNTAX      INTEGER {
                          other(0),
                          lu(1),
                          printer(2)
                        }

Tn3270Functions ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This textual convention is intended to reflect the
        current set of TN3270 and TN3270E functions that can
        be negiotiated between a server and its client:

        RFC856
        transmitBinary    The sender of this command REQUESTS
                          permission to begin transmitting, or
                          confirms that it will now begin transmitting
                          characters which are to be interpreted
                          as 8 bits of binary data by
                          the receiver of the data.
        RFC820
        timeMark         The sender of this command REQUESTS that
                         the receiver of this command return a WILL
                         TIMING-MARK in the data stream at the
                         'appropriate place' ...
        RFC885
        endOfRecord      The sender of this command requests
                         permission to begin transmission of the
                         Telnet END-OF-RECORD (EOR) code when
                         transmitting data characters, or
                         the sender of this command confirms it will
                         now begin transmission of EORs with
                         transmitted data characters.
        RFC1091
        terminalType     Sender is willing to send terminal type
                         information in a subsequent sub-negotiation.
        RFC1041
        tn3270Regime     Sender is willing to send list of supported
                         3270 Regimes in a subsequent sub-negotiation.
        RFC1647
        scsCtlCodes     (Printer sessions only).  Allows the use
                        of the SNA Character Stream (SCS) and SCS
                        control codes on the session.  SCS is
                        used with LU type 1 SNA sessions.
        dataStreamCtl   (Printer sessions only).  Allows the use
                        of the standard 3270 data stream.  This
                        corresponds to LU type 3 SNA sessions.
        responses       Provides support for positive and
                        negative response handling.  Allows the
                        server to reflect to the client any and
                        all definite, exception, and no response
                        requests sent by the host application.
        bindImage       Allows the server to send the SNA Bind
                        image and Unbind notification to the
                        client.
        sysreq          Allows the client and server to emulate
                        some (or all, depending on the server) of
                        the functions of the SYSREQ key in an SNA
                        environment."
    SYNTAX      BITS {
                       transmitBinary(0),-- rfc856
                       timemark(1),      -- rfc860
                       endOfRecord(2),   -- rfc885
                       terminalType(3),  -- rfc1091
                       tn3270Regime(4),  -- rfc1041
                       scsCtlCodes(5),   -- rfc1647
                       dataStreamCtl(6), -- rfc1647
                       responses(7),     -- rfc1647
                       bindImage(8),     -- rfc1647
                       sysreq(9)         -- rfc1647
                     }

DeviceTypes ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This textual convention defines the list of device types
        that can be set as defined by RFC 1647."
    SYNTAX      INTEGER { -- terminals
                  unknown(0),
                  ibm3278d2(1),    -- (24 row x 80 col display)
                  ibm3278d2E(2),   -- (24 row x 80 col display)
                  ibm3278d3(3),    -- (32 row x 80 col display)
                  ibm3278d3E(4),   -- (32 row x 80 col display)
                  ibm3278d4(5),    -- (43 row x 80 col display)
                  ibm3278d4E(6),   -- (43 row x 80 col display)
                  ibm3278d5(7),    -- (27 row x 132 col display)
                  ibm3278d5E(8),   -- (27 row x 132 col display)
                  ibmDynamic(9),   -- (no pre-defined display size)
                  ibm3287d1(10)    -- printers
         }

-- Top-level structure of the MIB

tn3270eNotifications  OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270eMIB 0 }
tn3270eObjects        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270eMIB 1 }
tn3270eConformance    OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270eMIB 3 }

-- MIB Objects

tn3270eSrvrConfTable OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270eSrvrConfEntry
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This table defines the configuration elements for
        TN3270 Servers. The number of entries in this table
        is expected to vary depending on the location of the
        table. A particular TN3270 Server is expected to
        have a single entry. Modeling of the configuration
        elements as a table enable use of the table by
        management applications as well as allowing multiple
        TN3270 Servers to exist at the same host."
    ::= { tn3270eObjects 1 }

tn3270eSrvrConfEntry OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Tn3270eSrvrConfEntry
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "Definition of the configuration elements for a single
        TN3270 Server."
    INDEX       { tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr, tn3270eSrvrConfIndex }
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfTable 1 }

Tn3270eSrvrConfEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
    tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr           IpAddress,
    tn3270eSrvrConfIndex            Unsigned32,
    tn3270eSrvrConfInactivityTimer  Unsigned32,
    tn3270eSrvrConfActivityCheck    INTEGER,
    tn3270eSrvrConfActivityTimeout  Unsigned32,
    tn3270eSrvrConfActivityInterval Unsigned32,
    tn3270eSrvrConfProtoSupported   Tn3270Functions,
    tn3270eSrvrConfAdminStatus      INTEGER,
    tn3270eSrvrConfOperStatus       INTEGER,
    tn3270eSrvrConfSessionTermState INTEGER,
    tn3270eSrvrConfSrvrType         INTEGER,
    tn3270eSrvrConfRowStatus        RowStatus
  }

tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      IpAddress
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "Indicates the local IP Address associated with a TN3270
        Server. A value of 0 is allowed when the entry exists
        at a single TN3270 Server instance host."
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 1 }

tn3270eSrvrConfIndex  OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Unsigned32
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "Indicates the instance of a TN3270/TN3270E Server that
        exists at the IP Host pointed to by tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr."
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 2 }

tn3270eSrvrConfInactivityTimer OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Unsigned32 (0..99999999)
    UNITS "seconds"
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "The inactivity time-out specified in seconds. When a
        connection has been inactive for the number of seconds
        specified by this object it is closed. The default of
        0 means no inactivity time-out."
    DEFVAL { 0 }
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 3 }

tn3270eSrvrConfActivityCheck OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      INTEGER {
                          noCheck(0),
                          timeMark(1),
                          nop(2)
                        }
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "This object is intended to enable either timemark or
        nop processing."
    DEFVAL { noCheck }
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 4 }

tn3270eSrvrConfActivityTimeout OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Unsigned32
    UNITS "seconds"
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "The TIMEMARK or NOP processing time-out specified in seconds."
    DEFVAL { 600 }   -- 10 minutes
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 5 }

tn3270eSrvrConfActivityInterval OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Unsigned32
    UNITS "seconds"
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "The scan interval to be used by the Telnet Server.
        TIMEMARK or NOP processing scans the Telnet sessions
        on the interval provided by this object looking for
        sessions that have been idle for more than the value
        provided by tn3270eSrvrConfActivityTimeout."
    DEFVAL { 120 }   -- 2 minutes
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 6 }

tn3270eSrvrConfProtoSupported OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX    Tn3270Functions
    MAX-ACCESS  read-only
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "This object indicates the TN3270 functions supported by a
        TN3270 Server."
    DEFVAL { { scsCtlCodes, dataStreamCtl,
               responses, bindImage, sysreq } }
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 7 }

tn3270eSrvrConfAdminStatus OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX  INTEGER {
                      up(1),
                      down(2),
                      stopImmediate(3)
                    }
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The desired state of the Telnet Server. The stopImmediate
        state is intended to enable Servers to gracefully terminate
        via down or to terminate immediate without ending its
        client connections. There is no requirement for support
        of stopImmediate."
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 8 }

tn3270eSrvrConfOperStatus OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX  INTEGER {
                      up(1),
                      down(2)
                    }
    MAX-ACCESS  read-only
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "The current operational state of the Telnet Server."
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 9 }

tn3270eSrvrConfSessionTermState OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX  INTEGER {
                      terminate(1),
                      luSessionPend(2),
                      queueSession(3)
                    }
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "The current state for determining what happens when
       Telnet connection terminates:

       terminate(1)     => Terminate connection.
       luSessionPend(2) => Allows the client's session to revert
                           to their Default Application upon
                           termination of their Telnet connection.
       queueSession(3)  => ????"
    DEFVAL { terminate }
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 10 }

tn3270eSrvrConfSrvrType OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      INTEGER {
                          unknown(0),
                          host(1),
                          gateway(2)
                        }
    MAX-ACCESS  read-only
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This object indicates the type of TN3270/TN3270E Server.
        The existence of MIB tables and objects that will be
        defined by follow-on MIBs may be predicated on whether the
        TN3270/TN3270E Server is local to the same host as the
        secondary LU used to attach the IP client into a SNA
        network."
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 11 }

tn3270eSrvrConfRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      RowStatus
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
        tn3270eSrvrConfTable. Creating an entry in this table
        at a management application informs enable that application
        to manage the associating TN3270 Server. Deleting an entry
        removes it from that application's management domain.

        A server based implementation of this table may chose to
        not support creation or deletion of its (probably only)
        entry in this table via this object.

        An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
        to destroy(6)."
    REFERENCE
        "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
        Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 12 }

tn3270eSrvrPortTable OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270eSrvrPortEntry
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This table defines the ports associated with TN3270/
        TN3270E Servers."
    ::= { tn3270eObjects 2 }

tn3270eSrvrPortEntry OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Tn3270eSrvrPortEntry
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "Definition of a single server port assignment."
    INDEX       { tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr, tn3270eSrvrConfIndex,
                  tn3270eSrvrPort }
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrPortTable 1 }

Tn3270eSrvrPortEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
    tn3270eSrvrPort                 Unsigned32,
    tn3270eSrvrPortRowStatus        RowStatus
  }

tn3270eSrvrPort OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Unsigned32 (0..65535)
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "Indicates a port assigned to a server."
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrPortEntry 1 }

tn3270eSrvrPortRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      RowStatus
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
        tn3270eSrvrPortTable.

        An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
        to destroy(6)."
    REFERENCE
        "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
        Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrPortEntry 2 }

tn3270eSrvrStatsTable OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This table defines a set of statistics concerning
        global TN3270 Server performance."
    ::= { tn3270eObjects 3 }

tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "Collection of a set of statistic objects for a single
        TN3270 Server."
    INDEX       { tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr, tn3270eSrvrConfIndex }
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsTable 1 }

Tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
    tn3270eSrvrStatsUpTime          TimeTicks,
    tn3270eSrvrStatsMaxLus          Integer32,
    tn3270eSrvrStatsLusInUse        Integer32,
    tn3270eSrvrStatsSpareLus        Integer32,
    tn3270eSrvrStatsMaxPtrs         Integer32,
    tn3270eSrvrStatsPtrsInUse       Integer32,
    tn3270eSrvrStatsSparePtrs       Integer32,
    tn3270eSrvrStatsConnectsIn      Counter32,
    tn3270eSrvrStatsConnRejects     Counter32,
    tn3270eSrvrStatsDisconnects     Counter32
  }

tn3270eSrvrStatsUpTime OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      TimeTicks
    MAX-ACCESS  read-only
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "Indicates the amount of time that a particular TN3270
        has be active. This is total time since the server was
        started and is not reset on tn3270eSrvrConfOperStatus."
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 1 }

tn3270eSrvrStatsMaxLus OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Integer32
    MAX-ACCESS  read-only
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "Indicates the maximum number of LUs for use by a
        TN3270 Server."
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 2 }

tn3270eSrvrStatsLusInUse OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Integer32
    MAX-ACCESS  read-only
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "Indicates the current number of LUs in use by a
        TN3270 Server."
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 3 }

tn3270eSrvrStatsSpareLus OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Integer32
    MAX-ACCESS  read-only
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "Indicates the number of free LUs for a particular TN3270
        Server."
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 4 }

tn3270eSrvrStatsMaxPtrs OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Integer32
    MAX-ACCESS  read-only
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "Indicates the maximum number of Printer Resources for use by a
        TN3270 Server."
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 5 }

tn3270eSrvrStatsPtrsInUse OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Integer32
    MAX-ACCESS  read-only
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "Indicates the current number of Printer Resources in use by a
        TN3270 Server."
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 6 }

tn3270eSrvrStatsSparePtrs OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Integer32
    MAX-ACCESS  read-only
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "Indicates the number of free Printer Resources for a
        particular TN3270 Server."
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 7 }

tn3270eSrvrStatsConnectsIn OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Counter32
    MAX-ACCESS  read-only
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "Indicates the number of client connections received by a
        TN3270 Server."
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 8 }

tn3270eSrvrStatsConnRejects OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Counter32
    MAX-ACCESS  read-only
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "Indicates the number of client connections rejected during
        connection setup."
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 9 }

tn3270eSrvrStatsDisconnects OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Counter32
    MAX-ACCESS  read-only
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
       "Indicates the number of client connections disconnected by a
        TN3270 Server."
    ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 10 }

tn3270eIpGroupTable OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270eIpGroupEntry
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This table defines IP Address groupings for use by the
        Telnet Server."
    ::= { tn3270eObjects 4 }

tn3270eIpGroupEntry OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Tn3270eIpGroupEntry
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "Definition of a single IP Address entry. All entries with
        the same 1st index, tn3270eIpGroupName are considered to
        be in the same IP Group."
    INDEX       { tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr, tn3270eSrvrConfIndex,
                  tn3270eIpGroupName, tn3270eIpGroupIpAddress }
    ::= { tn3270eIpGroupTable 1 }

Tn3270eIpGroupEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
    tn3270eIpGroupName           DisplayString,
    tn3270eIpGroupIpAddress      IpAddress,
    tn3270eIpGroupSubnetMask     IpAddress,
    tn3270eIpGroupRowStatus      RowStatus
}

tn3270eIpGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The name of a IP Group."
    ::= { tn3270eIpGroupEntry 1 }

tn3270eIpGroupIpAddress OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      IpAddress
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The IP Address of a member of a IP Group."
    ::= { tn3270eIpGroupEntry 2 }

tn3270eIpGroupSubnetMask OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      IpAddress
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The corresponding subnet mask associated with
         tn3270eIpGroupIpAddress. A single IP Address
         is represented by having this object contain
         the value of 255.255.255.255."
    ::= { tn3270eIpGroupEntry 3 }

tn3270eIpGroupRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      RowStatus
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
        tn3270eIpGroupTable.

        An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
        to destroy(6)."
    REFERENCE
        "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
        Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
    ::= { tn3270eIpGroupEntry 4 }

tn3270eResPoolTable OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270eResPoolEntry
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This table defines Resource groupings and using the term
        pool as defined by RFC 1647."
    ::= { tn3270eObjects 5 }

tn3270eResPoolEntry OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Tn3270eResPoolEntry
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "Definition of a single Resource Pool member. All entries with
        the same 1st index, tn3270eResPoolName are considered to
        be in the same Pool."
    INDEX  { tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr, tn3270eSrvrConfIndex,
             tn3270eResPoolName, tn3270eResPoolElementName }
    ::= { tn3270eResPoolTable 1 }

Tn3270eResPoolEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
    tn3270eResPoolName           DisplayString,
    tn3270eResPoolElementName    DisplayString,
    tn3270eResPoolIpGroupName    DisplayString,
    tn3270eResPoolElementType    ResourceType,
    tn3270eResPoolClientPort     Unsigned32,
    tn3270eResPoolRowStatus      RowStatus
}

tn3270eResPoolName OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..255))
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The name of a Resource Pool.."
    ::= { tn3270eResPoolEntry 1 }

tn3270eResPoolElementName OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The Name of a member of a Resource Pool."
    ::= { tn3270eResPoolEntry 2 }

tn3270eResPoolIpGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The name of a IP Group to map a Resource Element to."
    ::= { tn3270eResPoolEntry 3 }

tn3270eResPoolElementType OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      ResourceType
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The type of the entity in a Resource Pool."
    ::= { tn3270eResPoolEntry 4 }

tn3270eResPoolClientPort OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Unsigned32 (0..65535)
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "If specified this a pool to a specific client
         port."
    ::= { tn3270eResPoolEntry 5 }

tn3270eResPoolRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      RowStatus
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
        tn3270eResPoolTable.

        An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
        to destroy(6)."
    REFERENCE
        "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
        Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
    ::= { tn3270eResPoolEntry 6 }

tn3270eResMapTable OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270eResMapEntry
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This table defines Resource Element to IP Address mappings."
    ::= { tn3270eObjects 6 }

tn3270eResMapEntry OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Tn3270eResMapEntry
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "Definition of the mapping of a Resource Element to
         a IP Address."
    INDEX  { tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr, tn3270eSrvrConfIndex,
             tn3270eResMapClientPort, tn3270eResMapElementName }
    ::= { tn3270eResMapTable 1 }

Tn3270eResMapEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
    tn3270eResMapClientPort     Unsigned32,
    tn3270eResMapElementName    DisplayString,
    tn3270eResMapIpAddress      IpAddress,
    tn3270eResMapSubnetMask     IpAddress,
    tn3270eResMapElementType    ResourceType,
    tn3270eResMapRowStatus      RowStatus
}

tn3270eResMapClientPort OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Unsigned32 (0..65535)
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The port that this assignment is restricted to. Note that
         a value of 0 for this object implies that the assignment
         is global to all client ports."
    ::= { tn3270eResMapEntry 1 }

tn3270eResMapElementName OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The Name of a resource element."
    ::= { tn3270eResMapEntry 2 }

tn3270eResMapIpAddress OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      IpAddress
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "A client IP Address or subnet if tn3270eResMapSubnetMask
         is set to 255.255.255.255."
    ::= { tn3270eResMapEntry 3 }

tn3270eResMapSubnetMask OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      IpAddress
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The corresponding subnet mask associated with
         tn3270eResMapIpAddress. A single IP Address
         is represented by having this object contain
         the value of 255.255.255.255."
    ::= { tn3270eResMapEntry 4 }

tn3270eResMapElementType OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      ResourceType
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The type of the entity in a Resource Pool."
    ::= { tn3270eResMapEntry 5 }

tn3270eResMapRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      RowStatus
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
        tn3270eResMapTable.

        Entries in this table should occur automatically when an
        entry is created in the tn3270eResPoolTable. Deleting an
        entry in the tn3270eResPoolTable should remove all
        corresponding entries in this table.

        The tn3270eResPoolTable is optional. This implies that entries
        can be added directly to this table."
    REFERENCE
        "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
        Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
    ::= { tn3270eResMapEntry 6 }

tn3270eIpMapTable OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270eIpMapEntry
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This table defines IP Address to Resource Element mappings."
    ::= { tn3270eObjects 7 }

tn3270eIpMapEntry OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Tn3270eIpMapEntry
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "Definition of the mapping of a IP
        Address or Group to a Resource Element."
    INDEX  { tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr, tn3270eSrvrConfIndex,
             tn3270eIpMapIpAddress, tn3270eIpMapSubnetMask,
             tn3270eIpMapClientPort }
    ::= { tn3270eIpMapTable 1 }

Tn3270eIpMapEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
    tn3270eIpMapIpAddress         IpAddress,
    tn3270eIpMapSubnetMask        IpAddress,
    tn3270eIpMapClientPort        Unsigned32,
    tn3270eIpMapResElementName    DisplayString,
    tn3270eIpMapElementType       ResourceType,
    tn3270eIpMapRowStatus         RowStatus
}

tn3270eIpMapIpAddress OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      IpAddress
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The IP Address of a member of a IP Group."
    ::= { tn3270eIpMapEntry 1 }

tn3270eIpMapSubnetMask OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      IpAddress
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The corresponding subnet mask associated with
         tn3270eIpGroupIpAddress. A single IP Address
         is represented by having this object contain
         the value of 255.255.255.255."
    ::= { tn3270eIpMapEntry 2 }

tn3270eIpMapClientPort OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      Unsigned32 (0..65535)
    MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The port that this assignment is restricted to. Note that
         a value of 0 for this object implies that the assignment
         is global to all client ports."
    ::= { tn3270eIpMapEntry 3 }

tn3270eIpMapResElementName OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The Resource Element mapping to IP Address(es)."
    ::= { tn3270eIpMapEntry 4 }

tn3270eIpMapElementType OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      ResourceType
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The type resource element."
    ::= { tn3270eIpMapEntry 5 }

tn3270eIpMapRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX      RowStatus
    MAX-ACCESS  read-create
    STATUS      current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
        tn3270eIpMapMapTable.

        Entries in this table should occur automatically when an
        entry is created in the tn3270eResPoolTable. Deleting an
        entry in the tn3270eResPoolTable should remove all
        corresponding entries in this table.

        The tn3270eResPoolTable is optional. This implies that entries
        can be added directly to this table."
    REFERENCE
        "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
        Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
    ::= { tn3270eIpMapEntry 6 }

-- Define the set of objects to add to the Tcp Connection Table

tn3270eTcpConnTable OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF Tn3270eTcpConnEntry
    MAX-ACCESS not-accessible
    STATUS current
    DESCRIPTION
         "Extends tcpConnTable to support TN3270 and TN3270E
          performance monitoring."
    ::= { tn3270eObjects 8 }

tn3270eTcpConnEntry OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX Tn3270eTcpConnEntry
    MAX-ACCESS not-accessible
    STATUS current
    DESCRIPTION
         "Provides in formation about a single TN3270/TN3270E
          session."
    INDEX { tcpConnLocalAddress, tcpConnLocalPort,
            tcpConnRemAddress, tcpConnRemPort }
    ::= { tn3270eTcpConnTable 1 }

Tn3270eTcpConnEntry ::=
    SEQUENCE
    {
        tn3270eTcpConnLastActivity       TimeTicks,
        tn3270eTcpConnBytesIn            Counter32,
        tn3270eTcpConnBytesOut           Counter32,
        tn3270eTcpConnTargetAppl         DisplayString,
        tn3270eTcpConnResourceName       DisplayString,
        tn3270eTcpConnResourceType       ResourceType,
        tn3270eTcpConnClientUserId       DisplayString,
        tn3270eTcpConnDeviceType         DeviceTypes,
        tn3270eTcpConnProto              Tn3270Functions
    }

tn3270eTcpConnLastActivity OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX   TimeTicks
    MAX-ACCESS   read-only
    STATUS   current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The number of 100ths of seconds  since  this  entry
         was last used."
    DEFVAL  { 0 }
    ::= { tn3270eTcpConnEntry 1 }

tn3270eTcpConnBytesIn  OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX   Counter32
    UNITS "octets"
    MAX-ACCESS   read-only
    STATUS   current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The number of bytes received by the Server from TCP
         for this connection."
    ::= { tn3270eTcpConnEntry 2 }

tn3270eTcpConnBytesOut OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX   Counter32
    UNITS "octets"
    MAX-ACCESS   read-only
    STATUS   current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The number of bytes sent to TCP for this connection."
    ::= { tn3270eTcpConnEntry 3 }

tn3270eTcpConnTargetAppl OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX   DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
    MAX-ACCESS   read-only
    STATUS   current
    DESCRIPTION
        "When the corresponding TCP connection is for a
         3172 Telnet session then this object contains the
         Target VTAM Application name. For gateway server
         implementations this object will not be known and
         should be returned as a null OCTET STRING."
    ::= { tn3270eTcpConnEntry 4 }

tn3270eTcpConnResourceName OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX   DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
    MAX-ACCESS   read-only
    STATUS   current
    DESCRIPTION
        "LU/Print secondary name for connecting a IP Client
         into a SNA network."
   ::= { tn3270eTcpConnEntry 5 }

tn3270eTcpConnResourceType OBJECT-TYPE
    SYNTAX   ResourceType
    MAX-ACCESS   read-only
    STATUS   current
    DESCRIPTION
        "Indicates the type of resource identified by
         tn3270eTcpConnResourceName."
   ::= { tn3270eTcpConnEntry 6 }

tn3270eTcpConnClientUserId OBJECT-TYPE
   SYNTAX   DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
   MAX-ACCESS   read-only
   STATUS   current
   DESCRIPTION
       "When the corresponding TCP connection is for a
        3172 Telnet session then this object contains the
        Client's userid."
   ::= { tn3270eTcpConnEntry 7 }

tn3270eTcpConnDeviceType OBJECT-TYPE
   SYNTAX   DeviceTypes
   MAX-ACCESS   read-only
   STATUS   current
   DESCRIPTION
       "Indicates the device type if negiotiated with client."
   ::= { tn3270eTcpConnEntry 8 }

tn3270eTcpConnProto OBJECT-TYPE
   SYNTAX   Tn3270Functions
   MAX-ACCESS   read-only
   STATUS   current
   DESCRIPTION
       "This flag will indicates which of the TN3270 and TN3270E
        functions that are supported by the Server was negioted
        with a client. Refer to tn3270eSrvrConfProtoSupported."
   ::= { tn3270eTcpConnEntry 9 }


-- Conformance Definitions

tn3270eGroups      OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270eConformance 1 }
tn3270eCompliances OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270eConformance 2 }

-- compliance statements
tn3270eCompliance MODULE-COMPLIANCE
    STATUS  current
    DESCRIPTION
        "The compliance statement for agents that support the TN3270
        MIB."
    MODULE -- this module
        MANDATORY-GROUPS { tn3270eBasicGroup,
                           tn3270eSessionGroup
                         }
        GROUP  tn3270ePoolGroup
           DESCRIPTION
             "This group is optional."
        OBJECT tn3270eSrvrConfActivityCheck
           MIN-ACCESS  read-only
           DESCRIPTION
              "The agent is not required to support a set to this
               object if the associating TN3270 Server doesn't
               support either TIMEMARK or NOP processing. In
               this case an agent should return noCheck on
               retrieval."
        OBJECT tn3270eSrvrConfActivityTimeout
           MIN-ACCESS  read-only
           DESCRIPTION
              "The agent is not required to support a set to this
               object if the functions enabled by
               tn3270eSrvrConfActivityCheck are not supported.
               An agent in this case should return a value of 0."
        OBJECT tn3270eSrvrConfActivityInterval
           MIN-ACCESS  read-only
           DESCRIPTION
              "The agent is not required to support a set to this
               object if the functions enabled by
               tn3270eSrvrConfActivityCheck are not supported.
               An agent in this case should return a value of 0."
        OBJECT  tn3270eTcpConnTargetAppl
           DESCRIPTION
              "A TN3270 Server is not required to support this
               object if it doesn't provide for Target Application
               mapping. In this case either a null OCTET STRING
               can be returned or noSuchObject."
        OBJECT tn3270eTcpConnClientUserId
           DESCRIPTION
              "A TN3270 Server is not required to support this
               object if it doesn't provide for Target Application
               mapping. In this case either a null OCTET STRING
               can be returned or noSuchObject."
    ::= { tn3270eCompliances 1 }

-- units of conformance

tn3270eBasicGroup OBJECT-GROUP
    OBJECTS {
        tn3270eSrvrConfInactivityTimer,
        tn3270eSrvrConfActivityCheck,
        tn3270eSrvrConfActivityTimeout,
        tn3270eSrvrConfActivityInterval,
        tn3270eSrvrConfProtoSupported,
        tn3270eSrvrConfAdminStatus,
        tn3270eSrvrConfOperStatus,
        tn3270eSrvrConfSessionTermState,
        tn3270eSrvrConfSrvrType,
        tn3270eSrvrConfRowStatus,
        tn3270eSrvrPortRowStatus,
        tn3270eSrvrStatsUpTime,
        tn3270eSrvrStatsMaxLus,
        tn3270eSrvrStatsLusInUse,
        tn3270eSrvrStatsSpareLus,
        tn3270eSrvrStatsMaxPtrs,
        tn3270eSrvrStatsPtrsInUse,
        tn3270eSrvrStatsSparePtrs,
        tn3270eSrvrStatsConnectsIn,
        tn3270eSrvrStatsConnRejects,
        tn3270eSrvrStatsDisconnects,
        tn3270eResMapIpAddress,
        tn3270eResMapSubnetMask,
        tn3270eResMapElementType,
        tn3270eResMapRowStatus,
        tn3270eIpMapResElementName,
        tn3270eIpMapElementType,
        tn3270eIpMapRowStatus
    }
    STATUS  current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This group is mandatory for all hosts supporting the
         TN3270E-MIB."
    ::= { tn3270eGroups 1 }

tn3270ePoolGroup OBJECT-GROUP
    OBJECTS {
        tn3270eIpGroupSubnetMask,
        tn3270eIpGroupRowStatus,
        tn3270eResPoolElementType,
        tn3270eResPoolIpGroupName,
        tn3270eResPoolClientPort,
        tn3270eResPoolRowStatus
    }
    STATUS  current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This group is optional and allows a server to configure
         a collection of IP Address and Resource Pools and their
         mappings."
    ::= { tn3270eGroups 2 }

tn3270eSessionGroup OBJECT-GROUP
    OBJECTS {
        tn3270eTcpConnLastActivity,
        tn3270eTcpConnBytesIn,
        tn3270eTcpConnBytesOut,
        tn3270eTcpConnTargetAppl,
        tn3270eTcpConnResourceName,
        tn3270eTcpConnResourceType,
        tn3270eTcpConnClientUserId,
        tn3270eTcpConnDeviceType,
        tn3270eTcpConnProto
      }
    STATUS  current
    DESCRIPTION
        "This group is mandatory for all hosts supporting the
         TN3270E-MIB."
    ::= { tn3270eGroups 3 }

END


Received: from cnri by ietf.org id aa15755; 27 Jun 97 18:30 EDT
Received: from list.nih.gov (list.nih.gov [165.112.130.6]) by cnri.reston.va.us (8.8.5/8.7.3) with ESMTPid SAA12210 for <ietf-archive@CNRI.RESTON.VA.US>; Fri, 27 Jun 1997 18:29:12 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from list.nih.gov (terrific.net.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
	by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id SAA12055;
	Fri, 27 Jun 1997 18:19:52 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from LIST.NIH.GOV by LIST.NIH.GOV (LISTSERV-TCP/IP release 1.8c) with
          spool id 2818913 for TN3270E@LIST.NIH.GOV; Fri, 27 Jun 1997 18:19:46
          -0400
Received: from VNET.IBM.COM (vnet.ibm.com [204.146.168.194]) by list.nih.gov
          (8.8.5/8.8.5) with SMTP id SAA12037 for <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>; Fri,
          27 Jun 1997 18:19:40 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from RALVM12 by VNET.IBM.COM (IBM VM SMTP V2R3) with BSMTP id 1387;
          Fri, 27 Jun 97 18:19:39 EDT
From: kennethw@vnet.ibm.com
Message-Id: <199706272219.SAA12037@list.nih.gov>
Date: Fri, 27 Jun 97 18:14:01 EDT
To: tn3270e@list.nih.gov
Subject: <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-01.txt>
Sender: owner-tn3270e@list.nih.gov

I just submitted a new internet-draft for the tn3270e-mib that
I posted earlier this week. No changes were made to the mib
module itself.

Ken
--------------------------------------------------------------------






TN3270E Working Group
INTERNET DRAFT: <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-01.txt>     Kenneth White
Expiration Date: December, 1997
                                                               IBM Corp.

                                                               June 1997

                Base Definitions of Managed Objects for
                          TN3270E Using SMIv2

                 <draft-ietf-tn3270e-tn3270-mib-01.txt>


Status of this Memo

  This document is an Internet Draft. Internet Drafts are working
  documents of the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF), its Areas,
  and its Working Groups. Note that other groups may also distribute
  working documents as Internet Drafts.

  Internet Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of six
  months. Internet Drafts may be updated, replaced, or obsoleted by
  other documents at any time. It is not appropriate to use Internet
  Drafts as reference material or to cite them other than as a "working
  draft" or "work in progress."

  Please check the I-D abstract listing contained in each Internet
  Draft directory to learn the current status of this or any Internet
  Draft. Distribution of this document is unlimited.

Abstract

  The purpose of this memo is to define a
  Management Information Base
  (MIB) for configuring and managing TN3270E Servers.
  The MIB defined by this memo is intended to provide generic
  support for both Host and Gateway TN3270E Server implementations.
  It is the intent that the MIB defined herein be extended
  by subsequent memos to provide non-generic configuration support
  and to enable TN3270E Response Time Monitoring.
  It is the intent of this MIB to
  fully adhere to all prerequisite MIBs unless explicitly stated.
  Deviations will be documented in corresponding conformance statements.
  The specification of this MIB will utilize the
  Structure of Management Information (SMI) for Version 2 of the
  Simple Network Management Protocol Version (refer to RFC1902,
  reference [1]).




Expires December 1997                                           [Page 1]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


  Table of Contents

  1.0 Introduction............................................. 2
  2.0 The SNMPv2 Network Management Framework.................. 2
  2.1 Object Definitions....................................... 3
  3.0 Structure of the MIB..................................... 3
  3.1 TN3270E Server Control................................... 3
  3.1.1 tn3270eSrvrConfTable................................... 3
  3.1.2 tn3270eSrvrPortTable................................... 4
  3.1.3 tn3270eSrvrStatsTable.................................. 4
  3.2 TN3270E Server Resource Configuration.................... 5
  3.2.1 tn3270eIpGroupTable and tn3270eResPoolTable............ 5
  3.2.2 tn3270eResMapTable and tn3270eIpMapTable............... 5
  3.3 TCP Connection Table Additions........................... 5
  4.0 Definitions.............................................. 6
  5.0 Security Considerations..................................29
  6.0 Acknowledgments..........................................30
  7.0 References...............................................30
  8.0 Authors' Address.........................................31


1.  Introduction

  This document is a product of the TN3270E Working Group. Its purpose
  is to define a MIB module for extending the traditional MIBs supported
  by a TCP/IP implementation for configuration and management of TN3270E
  Servers.


2.  The SNMPv2 Network Management Framework

  The SNMP Network Management Framework presently consists of three
  major components.  They are:

  o the SMI, described in RFC 1902 [1], - the mechanisms used for
    describing and naming objects for the purpose of management.

  o the MIB-II, STD 17, RFC 1213 [5], - the core set of managed
    objects for the Internet suite of protocols.

  o the protocol, RFC 1157 [9] and/or RFC 1905 [7] - the protocol
    for accessing managed information.

  Textual conventions are defined in RFC 1903 [6], and conformance
  statements are defined in RFC 1904 [8].

  The Framework permits new objects to be defined for the purpose of
  experimentation and evaluation.



Expires December 1997                                           [Page 2]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


  This memo specifies a MIB module that is compliant to the SNMPv2 SMI.
  A semantically identical MIB conforming to the SNMPv1 SMI can be
  produced through the appropriate translation.


2.1.  Object Definitions

  Managed objects are accessed via a virtual information store, termed
  the Management Information Base or MIB.  Objects in the MIB are
  defined using the subset of Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1)
  defined in the SMI.  In particular, each object object type is named
  by an OBJECT IDENTIFIER, an administratively assigned name.  The
  object type together with an object instance serves to uniquely
  identify a specific instantiation of the object.  For human
  convenience, we often use a textual string, termed the descriptor, to
  refer to the object type.



3.  Structure of the MIB

  The TN3270E-MIB is split into the following components:

    o TN3270E Server Control
    o TN3270E Server Resource Configuration
    o TCP Connection Table Additions

  The TN3270E-MIB is defined for support primarily by TN3270E Servers.
  Use of this MIB by TN3270 Servers that do not support the TN3270E
  protocol is not explicitly addressed by this memo. A significant
  portion of the objects do apply in the TN3270 only case.  Addressing
  the TN3270 only case was not done since it is unlikely that this MIB
  would be implemented by TN3270 only servers.


3.1.  TN3270E Server Control

  This group of objects provides for TN3270 and TN3270E configuration
  and consists of:

      o tn3270eSrvrConfTable
      o tn3270eSrvrPortTable
      o tn3270eSrvrStatsTable


3.1.1.  tn3270eSrvrConfTable

  The tn3270eSrvrConfTable contains a set of objects primarily for



Expires December 1997                                           [Page 3]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


  configuring and managing a TN3270E Server. This table, as well most of
  the tables in the TN3270E-MIB, are structured to be indexed by the
  local IP Address (tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr) and a unsigned integer
  (tn3270eSrvrConfIndex). The primary index, tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr, was
  added to the tables in order for the tables to be used at both a
  TN3270E Server host implementation as well as by a management
  application that supports multiple TN3270E capable hosts.  The second
  index element, tn3270eSrvrConfigIndex, was added in order to support
  multiple TN3270E Servers on the same host.

  tn3270eSrvrConfInactivityTimer defines the inactivity period for
  TN3270 and TN3270E Sessions. tn3270eSrvrConfSessionTermState defines
  how a session should be terminated. The three objects:

      o tn3270eSrvrConfActivityCheck
      o tn3270eSrvrConfActivityTimeout
      o tn3270eSrvrConfActivityInterval

  defines the parameters for performing the "Telnet Timing Mark Option"
  as defined by RFC 860 [3].  The object tn3270eSrvrConfActivityOption
  was defined to enable sending of a NOP command as oppose to a TIMEMARK
  command.  Sending a NOP command results in less overhead then a
  TIMEMARK command since a client doesn't send a reply.

  The objects tn3270eSrvrConfAdminStatus and tn3270eSrvrConfOperStatus
  exists in order to enable remote starting and stopping of a TN3270E
  Server.  tn3270eSrvrConfProtoSupported indicates which of the TN3270
  and TN3270E options that a server supports.  The object
  tn3270eSrvrConfSrvrType indicates the implementation type of TN3270E
  Server that the tn3270eSrvrConfEntry represents.  The object
  tn3270eSrvrConfRowStatus provides the capability to perform remote
  creation and deletion operations on this table.


3.1.2.  tn3270eSrvrPortTable

  The tn3270eSrvrPortTable exists in order to assign and retrieve the
  local ports associated with a TN3270E Server. Some implementations
  support multiple local port usage.


3.1.3.  tn3270eSrvrStatsTable

  The tn3270eSrvrStatsTable defines a series of objects used to provide
  general statistics on the use of a TN3270E Server.






Expires December 1997                                           [Page 4]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


3.2.  TN3270E Server Resource Configuration

The TN3270E Server Resource Configuration collection of objects consists
of four tables:

    o tn3270eIpGroupTable
    o tn3270eResPoolTable
    o tn3270eResMapTable
    o tn3270eIpMapTable



3.2.1.  tn3270eIpGroupTable and tn3270eResPoolTable enable
implementations to define groupings of both IP Addresses and Resource
Pools for mapping IP Addresses to resources. The mapping of a IP Group
to a Resource Pool is enabled via tn3270eResPoolIpGroupName.  Creating
an entry in the tn3270eResPoolTable results in creation of an entry or
entries in both the tn3270eResMapTable and tn3270eIpMapTable. Both the
tn3270eIpGroupTable and the tn3270eResPoolTable are optional since not
every TN3270E Server has the ability to define their IP to Resource
mappings in this manner. tn3270eResPoolClientPort exists to enable
implementations to restrict a collection of resources to a particular
local port. This object is optional since not every implementation
provides this type of support.


3.2.2.  tn3270eResMapTable and tn3270eIpMapTable

  The tables: tn3270eResMapTable and tn3270eIpMapTable provide mappings
  of IP Address(es) to Resource(s) and Resource(s) to IP Address(es).
  The index objects, tn3270eResMapClientPort and tn3270eIpMapClientPort,
  as allowed to be zero when these tables are implemented by TN3270E
  Servers that do provide local port to resource mapping.


  3.3.  TCP Connection Table Additions

  The TCP Connection Table is defined by RFC 2012 (Refer to reference
  10, TCP-MIB Definitions). Traditionally, the contents of the TCP
  Connection Table has been implementation dependent.  Its formal
  definition consists of the following objects:

     o tcpConnState (INTEGER)
     o tcpConnLocalAddress (IpAddress)
     o tcpConnLocalPort (INTEGER)
     o tcpConnRemAddress (IpAddress)
     o tcpConnRemPort (INTEGER)




Expires December 1997                                           [Page 5]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


  and is indexed by: tcpConnLocalAddress, tcpConnLocalPort,
  tcpConnRemAddress and tcpConnRemPort. The tn3270eTcpConnTableGroup
  contains the objects defined by the tn3270eTcpConnTable for keeping a
  list of the current set of TN3270 and TN3270E sessions at a TN3270E
  Server. The tn3270eTcpConnTable has the same index elements as the
  tcpConnTable but doesn't AUGMENT it since the relationship is not
  one-to-one.


4.  Definitions

  TN3270E-MIB DEFINITIONS ::= BEGIN

  IMPORTS
      MODULE-IDENTITY, OBJECT-TYPE, BITS, Unsigned32,
      experimental, Integer32, IpAddress, TimeTicks,
      Counter32
          FROM SNMPv2-SMI
      TEXTUAL-CONVENTION, RowStatus, DisplayString
          FROM SNMPv2-TC
      MODULE-COMPLIANCE, OBJECT-GROUP
          FROM SNMPv2-CONF
      tcpConnLocalAddress, tcpConnLocalPort,
      tcpConnRemAddress, tcpConnRemPort
          FROM TCP-MIB
      ;

  tn3270eMIB MODULE-IDENTITY
      LAST-UPDATED "9706200000Z" -- June 20, 1997
      ORGANIZATION "TN3270E Working Group"
      CONTACT-INFO
          "Kenneth White (kennethw@vnet.ibm.com)
           IBM Corp."
      DESCRIPTION
          "This module defines a portion of the management
          information base (MIB) for managing TN3270E Servers"
      -- Need an experimental OID from IANA
      ::= { experimental 2001 }

  -- Textual Conventions

  ResourceType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The type of resource defined by a Resource Pool. Refer
          to tn3270eResPoolTable."
      SYNTAX      INTEGER {
                            other(0),



Expires December 1997                                           [Page 6]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


                            lu(1),
                            printer(2)
                          }

  Tn3270Functions ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This textual convention is intended to reflect the
          current set of TN3270 and TN3270E functions that can
          be negiotiated between a server and its client:

          RFC856
          transmitBinary    The sender of this command REQUESTS
                            permission to begin transmitting, or
                            confirms that it will now begin transmitting
                            characters which are to be interpreted
                            as 8 bits of binary data by
                            the receiver of the data.
          RFC820
          timeMark         The sender of this command REQUESTS that
                           the receiver of this command return a WILL
                           TIMING-MARK in the data stream at the
                           'appropriate place' ...
          RFC885
          endOfRecord      The sender of this command requests
                           permission to begin transmission of the
                           Telnet END-OF-RECORD (EOR) code when
                           transmitting data characters, or
                           the sender of this command confirms it will
                           now begin transmission of EORs with
                           transmitted data characters.
          RFC1091
          terminalType     Sender is willing to send terminal type
                           information in a subsequent sub-negotiation.
          RFC1041
          tn3270Regime     Sender is willing to send list of supported
                           3270 Regimes in a subsequent sub-negotiation.
          RFC1647
          scsCtlCodes     (Printer sessions only).  Allows the use
                          of the SNA Character Stream (SCS) and SCS
                          control codes on the session.  SCS is
                          used with LU type 1 SNA sessions.
          dataStreamCtl   (Printer sessions only).  Allows the use
                          of the standard 3270 data stream.  This
                          corresponds to LU type 3 SNA sessions.
          responses       Provides support for positive and
                          negative response handling.  Allows the
                          server to reflect to the client any and



Expires December 1997                                           [Page 7]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


                          all definite, exception, and no response
                          requests sent by the host application.
          bindImage       Allows the server to send the SNA Bind
                          image and Unbind notification to the
                          client.
          sysreq          Allows the client and server to emulate
                          some (or all, depending on the server) of
                          the functions of the SYSREQ key in an SNA
                          environment."
      SYNTAX      BITS {
                         transmitBinary(0),-- rfc856
                         timemark(1),      -- rfc860
                         endOfRecord(2),   -- rfc885
                         terminalType(3),  -- rfc1091
                         tn3270Regime(4),  -- rfc1041
                         scsCtlCodes(5),   -- rfc1647
                         dataStreamCtl(6), -- rfc1647
                         responses(7),     -- rfc1647
                         bindImage(8),     -- rfc1647
                         sysreq(9)         -- rfc1647
                       }

  DeviceTypes ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This textual convention defines the list of device types
          that can be set as defined by RFC 1647."
      SYNTAX      INTEGER { -- terminals
                    unknown(0),
                    ibm3278d2(1),    -- (24 row x 80 col display)
                    ibm3278d2E(2),   -- (24 row x 80 col display)
                    ibm3278d3(3),    -- (32 row x 80 col display)
                    ibm3278d3E(4),   -- (32 row x 80 col display)
                    ibm3278d4(5),    -- (43 row x 80 col display)
                    ibm3278d4E(6),   -- (43 row x 80 col display)
                    ibm3278d5(7),    -- (27 row x 132 col display)
                    ibm3278d5E(8),   -- (27 row x 132 col display)
                    ibmDynamic(9),   -- (no pre-defined display size)
                    ibm3287d1(10)    -- printers
           }

  -- Top-level structure of the MIB

  tn3270eNotifications  OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270eMIB 0 }
  tn3270eObjects        OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270eMIB 1 }
  tn3270eConformance    OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270eMIB 3 }

  -- MIB Objects



Expires December 1997                                           [Page 8]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


  tn3270eSrvrConfTable OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270eSrvrConfEntry
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This table defines the configuration elements for
          TN3270 Servers. The number of entries in this table
          is expected to vary depending on the location of the
          table. A particular TN3270 Server is expected to
          have a single entry. Modeling of the configuration
          elements as a table enable use of the table by
          management applications as well as allowing multiple
          TN3270 Servers to exist at the same host."
      ::= { tn3270eObjects 1 }

  tn3270eSrvrConfEntry OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Tn3270eSrvrConfEntry
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "Definition of the configuration elements for a single
          TN3270 Server."
      INDEX       { tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr, tn3270eSrvrConfIndex }
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfTable 1 }

  Tn3270eSrvrConfEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
      tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr           IpAddress,
      tn3270eSrvrConfIndex            Unsigned32,
      tn3270eSrvrConfInactivityTimer  Unsigned32,
      tn3270eSrvrConfActivityCheck    INTEGER,
      tn3270eSrvrConfActivityTimeout  Unsigned32,
      tn3270eSrvrConfActivityInterval Unsigned32,
      tn3270eSrvrConfProtoSupported   Tn3270Functions,
      tn3270eSrvrConfAdminStatus      INTEGER,
      tn3270eSrvrConfOperStatus       INTEGER,
      tn3270eSrvrConfSessionTermState INTEGER,
      tn3270eSrvrConfSrvrType         INTEGER,
      tn3270eSrvrConfRowStatus        RowStatus
    }

  tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      IpAddress
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
         "Indicates the local IP Address associated with a TN3270
          Server. A value of 0 is allowed when the entry exists
          at a single TN3270 Server instance host."



Expires December 1997                                           [Page 9]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


      ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 1 }

  tn3270eSrvrConfIndex  OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Unsigned32
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
         "Indicates the instance of a TN3270/TN3270E Server that
          exists at the IP Host pointed to by tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr."
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 2 }

  tn3270eSrvrConfInactivityTimer OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Unsigned32 (0..99999999)
      UNITS "seconds"
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
         "The inactivity time-out specified in seconds. When a
          connection has been inactive for the number of seconds
          specified by this object it is closed. The default of
          0 means no inactivity time-out."
      DEFVAL { 0 }
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 3 }

  tn3270eSrvrConfActivityCheck OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      INTEGER {
                            noCheck(0),
                            timeMark(1),
                            nop(2)
                          }
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
         "This object is intended to enable either timemark or
          nop processing."
      DEFVAL { noCheck }
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 4 }

  tn3270eSrvrConfActivityTimeout OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Unsigned32
      UNITS "seconds"
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
         "The TIMEMARK or NOP processing time-out specified in seconds."
      DEFVAL { 600 }   -- 10 minutes
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 5 }




Expires December 1997                                          [Page 10]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


  tn3270eSrvrConfActivityInterval OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Unsigned32
      UNITS "seconds"
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
         "The scan interval to be used by the Telnet Server.
          TIMEMARK or NOP processing scans the Telnet sessions
          on the interval provided by this object looking for
          sessions that have been idle for more than the value
          provided by tn3270eSrvrConfActivityTimeout."
      DEFVAL { 120 }   -- 2 minutes
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 6 }

  tn3270eSrvrConfProtoSupported OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX    Tn3270Functions
      MAX-ACCESS  read-only
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
         "This object indicates the TN3270 functions supported by a
          TN3270 Server."
      DEFVAL { { scsCtlCodes, dataStreamCtl,
                 responses, bindImage, sysreq } }
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 7 }

  tn3270eSrvrConfAdminStatus OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX  INTEGER {
                        up(1),
                        down(2),
                        stopImmediate(3)
                      }
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The desired state of the Telnet Server. The stopImmediate
          state is intended to enable Servers to gracefully terminate
          via down or to terminate immediate without ending its
          client connections. There is no requirement for support
          of stopImmediate."
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 8 }

  tn3270eSrvrConfOperStatus OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX  INTEGER {
                        up(1),
                        down(2)
                      }
      MAX-ACCESS  read-only
      STATUS      current



Expires December 1997                                          [Page 11]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


      DESCRIPTION
         "The current operational state of the Telnet Server."
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 9 }

  tn3270eSrvrConfSessionTermState OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX  INTEGER {
                        terminate(1),
                        luSessionPend(2),
                        queueSession(3)
                      }
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
         "The current state for determining what happens when
         Telnet connection terminates:

         terminate(1)     => Terminate connection.
         luSessionPend(2) => Allows the client's session to revert
                             to their Default Application upon
                             termination of their Telnet connection.
         queueSession(3)  => ????"
      DEFVAL { terminate }
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 10 }

  tn3270eSrvrConfSrvrType OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      INTEGER {
                            unknown(0),
                            host(1),
                            gateway(2)
                          }
      MAX-ACCESS  read-only
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This object indicates the type of TN3270/TN3270E Server.
          The existence of MIB tables and objects that will be
          defined by follow-on MIBs may be predicated on whether the
          TN3270/TN3270E Server is local to the same host as the
          secondary LU used to attach the IP client into a SNA
          network."
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 11 }

  tn3270eSrvrConfRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      RowStatus
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
          tn3270eSrvrConfTable. Creating an entry in this table



Expires December 1997                                          [Page 12]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


          at a management application informs enable that application
          to manage the associating TN3270 Server. Deleting an entry
          removes it from that application's management domain.

          A server based implementation of this table may chose to
          not support creation or deletion of its (probably only)
          entry in this table via this object.

          An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
          to destroy(6)."
      REFERENCE
          "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
          Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrConfEntry 12 }

  tn3270eSrvrPortTable OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270eSrvrPortEntry
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This table defines the ports associated with TN3270/
          TN3270E Servers."
      ::= { tn3270eObjects 2 }

  tn3270eSrvrPortEntry OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Tn3270eSrvrPortEntry
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "Definition of a single server port assignment."
      INDEX       { tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr, tn3270eSrvrConfIndex,
                    tn3270eSrvrPort }
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrPortTable 1 }

  Tn3270eSrvrPortEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
      tn3270eSrvrPort                 Unsigned32,
      tn3270eSrvrPortRowStatus        RowStatus
    }

  tn3270eSrvrPort OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Unsigned32 (0..65535)
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
         "Indicates a port assigned to a server."
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrPortEntry 1 }

  tn3270eSrvrPortRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE



Expires December 1997                                          [Page 13]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


      SYNTAX      RowStatus
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
          tn3270eSrvrPortTable.

          An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
          to destroy(6)."
      REFERENCE
          "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
          Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrPortEntry 2 }

  tn3270eSrvrStatsTable OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This table defines a set of statistics concerning
          global TN3270 Server performance."
      ::= { tn3270eObjects 3 }

  tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "Collection of a set of statistic objects for a single
          TN3270 Server."
      INDEX       { tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr, tn3270eSrvrConfIndex }
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsTable 1 }

  Tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
      tn3270eSrvrStatsUpTime          TimeTicks,
      tn3270eSrvrStatsMaxLus          Integer32,
      tn3270eSrvrStatsLusInUse        Integer32,
      tn3270eSrvrStatsSpareLus        Integer32,
      tn3270eSrvrStatsMaxPtrs         Integer32,
      tn3270eSrvrStatsPtrsInUse       Integer32,
      tn3270eSrvrStatsSparePtrs       Integer32,
      tn3270eSrvrStatsConnectsIn      Counter32,
      tn3270eSrvrStatsConnRejects     Counter32,
      tn3270eSrvrStatsDisconnects     Counter32
    }

  tn3270eSrvrStatsUpTime OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      TimeTicks



Expires December 1997                                          [Page 14]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


      MAX-ACCESS  read-only
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
         "Indicates the amount of time that a particular TN3270
          has be active. This is total time since the server was
          started and is not reset on tn3270eSrvrConfOperStatus."
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 1 }

  tn3270eSrvrStatsMaxLus OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Integer32
      MAX-ACCESS  read-only
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
         "Indicates the maximum number of LUs for use by a
          TN3270 Server."
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 2 }

  tn3270eSrvrStatsLusInUse OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Integer32
      MAX-ACCESS  read-only
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
         "Indicates the current number of LUs in use by a
          TN3270 Server."
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 3 }

  tn3270eSrvrStatsSpareLus OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Integer32
      MAX-ACCESS  read-only
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
         "Indicates the number of free LUs for a particular TN3270
          Server."
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 4 }

  tn3270eSrvrStatsMaxPtrs OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Integer32
      MAX-ACCESS  read-only
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
         "Indicates the maximum number of Printer Resources for use by a
          TN3270 Server."
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 5 }

  tn3270eSrvrStatsPtrsInUse OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Integer32
      MAX-ACCESS  read-only
      STATUS      current



Expires December 1997                                          [Page 15]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


      DESCRIPTION
         "Indicates the current number of Printer Resources in use by a
          TN3270 Server."
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 6 }

  tn3270eSrvrStatsSparePtrs OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Integer32
      MAX-ACCESS  read-only
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
         "Indicates the number of free Printer Resources for a
          particular TN3270 Server."
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 7 }

  tn3270eSrvrStatsConnectsIn OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Counter32
      MAX-ACCESS  read-only
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
         "Indicates the number of client connections received by a
          TN3270 Server."
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 8 }

  tn3270eSrvrStatsConnRejects OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Counter32
      MAX-ACCESS  read-only
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
         "Indicates the number of client connections rejected during
          connection setup."
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 9 }

  tn3270eSrvrStatsDisconnects OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Counter32
      MAX-ACCESS  read-only
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
         "Indicates the number of client connections disconnected by a
          TN3270 Server."
      ::= { tn3270eSrvrStatsEntry 10 }

  tn3270eIpGroupTable OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270eIpGroupEntry
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This table defines IP Address groupings for use by the
          Telnet Server."



Expires December 1997                                          [Page 16]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


      ::= { tn3270eObjects 4 }

  tn3270eIpGroupEntry OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Tn3270eIpGroupEntry
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "Definition of a single IP Address entry. All entries with
          the same 1st index, tn3270eIpGroupName are considered to
          be in the same IP Group."
      INDEX       { tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr, tn3270eSrvrConfIndex,
                    tn3270eIpGroupName, tn3270eIpGroupIpAddress }
      ::= { tn3270eIpGroupTable 1 }

  Tn3270eIpGroupEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
      tn3270eIpGroupName           DisplayString,
      tn3270eIpGroupIpAddress      IpAddress,
      tn3270eIpGroupSubnetMask     IpAddress,
      tn3270eIpGroupRowStatus      RowStatus }

  tn3270eIpGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The name of a IP Group."
      ::= { tn3270eIpGroupEntry 1 }

  tn3270eIpGroupIpAddress OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      IpAddress
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The IP Address of a member of a IP Group."
      ::= { tn3270eIpGroupEntry 2 }

  tn3270eIpGroupSubnetMask OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      IpAddress
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The corresponding subnet mask associated with
           tn3270eIpGroupIpAddress. A single IP Address
           is represented by having this object contain
           the value of 255.255.255.255."
      ::= { tn3270eIpGroupEntry 3 }

  tn3270eIpGroupRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE



Expires December 1997                                          [Page 17]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


      SYNTAX      RowStatus
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
          tn3270eIpGroupTable.

          An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
          to destroy(6)."
      REFERENCE
          "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
          Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
      ::= { tn3270eIpGroupEntry 4 }

  tn3270eResPoolTable OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270eResPoolEntry
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This table defines Resource groupings and using the term
          pool as defined by RFC 1647."
      ::= { tn3270eObjects 5 }

  tn3270eResPoolEntry OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Tn3270eResPoolEntry
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "Definition of a single Resource Pool member. All entries with
          the same 1st index, tn3270eResPoolName are considered to
          be in the same Pool."
      INDEX  { tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr, tn3270eSrvrConfIndex,
               tn3270eResPoolName, tn3270eResPoolElementName }
      ::= { tn3270eResPoolTable 1 }

  Tn3270eResPoolEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
      tn3270eResPoolName           DisplayString,
      tn3270eResPoolElementName    DisplayString,
      tn3270eResPoolIpGroupName    DisplayString,
      tn3270eResPoolElementType    ResourceType,
      tn3270eResPoolClientPort     Unsigned32,
      tn3270eResPoolRowStatus      RowStatus }

  tn3270eResPoolName OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..255))
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION



Expires December 1997                                          [Page 18]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


          "The name of a Resource Pool.."
      ::= { tn3270eResPoolEntry 1 }

  tn3270eResPoolElementName OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The Name of a member of a Resource Pool."
      ::= { tn3270eResPoolEntry 2 }

  tn3270eResPoolIpGroupName OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The name of a IP Group to map a Resource Element to."
      ::= { tn3270eResPoolEntry 3 }

  tn3270eResPoolElementType OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      ResourceType
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The type of the entity in a Resource Pool."
      ::= { tn3270eResPoolEntry 4 }

  tn3270eResPoolClientPort OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Unsigned32 (0..65535)
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "If specified this a pool to a specific client
           port."
      ::= { tn3270eResPoolEntry 5 }

  tn3270eResPoolRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      RowStatus
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
          tn3270eResPoolTable.

          An entry in this table is deleted by setting this object
          to destroy(6)."
      REFERENCE
          "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple



Expires December 1997                                          [Page 19]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


          Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
      ::= { tn3270eResPoolEntry 6 }

  tn3270eResMapTable OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270eResMapEntry
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This table defines Resource Element to IP Address mappings."
      ::= { tn3270eObjects 6 }

  tn3270eResMapEntry OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Tn3270eResMapEntry
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "Definition of the mapping of a Resource Element to
           a IP Address."
      INDEX  { tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr, tn3270eSrvrConfIndex,
               tn3270eResMapClientPort, tn3270eResMapElementName }
      ::= { tn3270eResMapTable 1 }

  Tn3270eResMapEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
      tn3270eResMapClientPort     Unsigned32,
      tn3270eResMapElementName    DisplayString,
      tn3270eResMapIpAddress      IpAddress,
      tn3270eResMapSubnetMask     IpAddress,
      tn3270eResMapElementType    ResourceType,
      tn3270eResMapRowStatus      RowStatus }

  tn3270eResMapClientPort OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Unsigned32 (0..65535)
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The port that this assignment is restricted to. Note that
           a value of 0 for this object implies that the assignment
           is global to all client ports."
      ::= { tn3270eResMapEntry 1 }

  tn3270eResMapElementName OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(1..8))
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The Name of a resource element."
      ::= { tn3270eResMapEntry 2 }




Expires December 1997                                          [Page 20]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


  tn3270eResMapIpAddress OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      IpAddress
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "A client IP Address or subnet if tn3270eResMapSubnetMask
           is set to 255.255.255.255."
      ::= { tn3270eResMapEntry 3 }

  tn3270eResMapSubnetMask OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      IpAddress
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The corresponding subnet mask associated with
           tn3270eResMapIpAddress. A single IP Address
           is represented by having this object contain
           the value of 255.255.255.255."
      ::= { tn3270eResMapEntry 4 }

  tn3270eResMapElementType OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      ResourceType
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The type of the entity in a Resource Pool."
      ::= { tn3270eResMapEntry 5 }

  tn3270eResMapRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      RowStatus
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
          tn3270eResMapTable.

          Entries in this table should occur automatically when an
          entry is created in the tn3270eResPoolTable. Deleting an
          entry in the tn3270eResPoolTable should remove all
          corresponding entries in this table.

          The tn3270eResPoolTable is optional. This implies that entries
          can be added directly to this table."
      REFERENCE
          "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
          Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
      ::= { tn3270eResMapEntry 6 }




Expires December 1997                                          [Page 21]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


  tn3270eIpMapTable OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      SEQUENCE OF Tn3270eIpMapEntry
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This table defines IP Address to Resource Element mappings."
      ::= { tn3270eObjects 7 }

  tn3270eIpMapEntry OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      Tn3270eIpMapEntry
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "Definition of the mapping of a IP
          Address or Group to a Resource Element."
      INDEX  { tn3270eSrvrConfIpAddr, tn3270eSrvrConfIndex,
               tn3270eIpMapIpAddress, tn3270eIpMapSubnetMask,
               tn3270eIpMapClientPort }
      ::= { tn3270eIpMapTable 1 }

  Tn3270eIpMapEntry ::= SEQUENCE {
      tn3270eIpMapIpAddress         IpAddress,
      tn3270eIpMapSubnetMask        IpAddress,
      tn3270eIpMapClientPort        Unsigned32,
      tn3270eIpMapResElementName    DisplayString,
      tn3270eIpMapElementType       ResourceType,
      tn3270eIpMapRowStatus         RowStatus }

  tn3270eIpMapIpAddress OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      IpAddress
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The IP Address of a member of a IP Group."
      ::= { tn3270eIpMapEntry 1 }

  tn3270eIpMapSubnetMask OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      IpAddress
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The corresponding subnet mask associated with
           tn3270eIpGroupIpAddress. A single IP Address
           is represented by having this object contain
           the value of 255.255.255.255."
      ::= { tn3270eIpMapEntry 2 }

  tn3270eIpMapClientPort OBJECT-TYPE



Expires December 1997                                          [Page 22]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


      SYNTAX      Unsigned32 (0..65535)
      MAX-ACCESS  not-accessible
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The port that this assignment is restricted to. Note that
           a value of 0 for this object implies that the assignment
           is global to all client ports."
      ::= { tn3270eIpMapEntry 3 }

  tn3270eIpMapResElementName OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The Resource Element mapping to IP Address(es)."
      ::= { tn3270eIpMapEntry 4 }

  tn3270eIpMapElementType OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      ResourceType
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The type resource element."
      ::= { tn3270eIpMapEntry 5 }

  tn3270eIpMapRowStatus OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX      RowStatus
      MAX-ACCESS  read-create
      STATUS      current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This object allows entries to be created and deleted in the
          tn3270eIpMapMapTable.

          Entries in this table should occur automatically when an
          entry is created in the tn3270eResPoolTable. Deleting an
          entry in the tn3270eResPoolTable should remove all
          corresponding entries in this table.

          The tn3270eResPoolTable is optional. This implies that entries
          can be added directly to this table."
      REFERENCE
          "RFC 1903, 'Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
          Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2).'"
      ::= { tn3270eIpMapEntry 6 }

  -- Define the set of objects to add to the Tcp Connection Table

  tn3270eTcpConnTable OBJECT-TYPE



Expires December 1997                                          [Page 23]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


      SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF Tn3270eTcpConnEntry
      MAX-ACCESS not-accessible
      STATUS current
      DESCRIPTION
           "Extends tcpConnTable to support TN3270 and TN3270E
            performance monitoring."
      ::= { tn3270eObjects 8 }

  tn3270eTcpConnEntry OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX Tn3270eTcpConnEntry
      MAX-ACCESS not-accessible
      STATUS current
      DESCRIPTION
           "Provides in formation about a single TN3270/TN3270E
            session."
      INDEX { tcpConnLocalAddress, tcpConnLocalPort,
              tcpConnRemAddress, tcpConnRemPort }
      ::= { tn3270eTcpConnTable 1 }

  Tn3270eTcpConnEntry ::=
      SEQUENCE
      {
          tn3270eTcpConnLastActivity       TimeTicks,
          tn3270eTcpConnBytesIn            Counter32,
          tn3270eTcpConnBytesOut           Counter32,
          tn3270eTcpConnTargetAppl         DisplayString,
          tn3270eTcpConnResourceName       DisplayString,
          tn3270eTcpConnResourceType       ResourceType,
          tn3270eTcpConnClientUserId       DisplayString,
          tn3270eTcpConnDeviceType         DeviceTypes,
          tn3270eTcpConnProto              Tn3270Functions
      }

  tn3270eTcpConnLastActivity OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX   TimeTicks
      MAX-ACCESS   read-only
      STATUS   current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The number of 100ths of seconds  since  this  entry
           was last used."
      DEFVAL  { 0 }
      ::= { tn3270eTcpConnEntry 1 }

  tn3270eTcpConnBytesIn  OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX   Counter32
      UNITS "octets"
      MAX-ACCESS   read-only
      STATUS   current



Expires December 1997                                          [Page 24]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


      DESCRIPTION
          "The number of bytes received by the Server from TCP
           for this connection."
      ::= { tn3270eTcpConnEntry 2 }

  tn3270eTcpConnBytesOut OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX   Counter32
      UNITS "octets"
      MAX-ACCESS   read-only
      STATUS   current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The number of bytes sent to TCP for this connection."
      ::= { tn3270eTcpConnEntry 3 }

  tn3270eTcpConnTargetAppl OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX   DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
      MAX-ACCESS   read-only
      STATUS   current
      DESCRIPTION
          "When the corresponding TCP connection is for a
           3172 Telnet session then this object contains the
           Target VTAM Application name. For gateway server
           implementations this object will not be known and
           should be returned as a null OCTET STRING."
      ::= { tn3270eTcpConnEntry 4 }

  tn3270eTcpConnResourceName OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX   DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
      MAX-ACCESS   read-only
      STATUS   current
      DESCRIPTION
          "LU/Print secondary name for connecting a IP Client
           into a SNA network."
     ::= { tn3270eTcpConnEntry 5 }

  tn3270eTcpConnResourceType OBJECT-TYPE
      SYNTAX   ResourceType
      MAX-ACCESS   read-only
      STATUS   current
      DESCRIPTION
          "Indicates the type of resource identified by
           tn3270eTcpConnResourceName."
     ::= { tn3270eTcpConnEntry 6 }

  tn3270eTcpConnClientUserId OBJECT-TYPE
     SYNTAX   DisplayString (SIZE(0..8))
     MAX-ACCESS   read-only
     STATUS   current



Expires December 1997                                          [Page 25]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


     DESCRIPTION
         "When the corresponding TCP connection is for a
          3172 Telnet session then this object contains the
          Client's userid."
     ::= { tn3270eTcpConnEntry 7 }

  tn3270eTcpConnDeviceType OBJECT-TYPE
     SYNTAX   DeviceTypes
     MAX-ACCESS   read-only
     STATUS   current
     DESCRIPTION
         "Indicates the device type if negiotiated with client."
     ::= { tn3270eTcpConnEntry 8 }

  tn3270eTcpConnProto OBJECT-TYPE
     SYNTAX   Tn3270Functions
     MAX-ACCESS   read-only
     STATUS   current
     DESCRIPTION
         "This flag will indicates which of the TN3270 and TN3270E
          functions that are supported by the Server was negioted
          with a client. Refer to tn3270eSrvrConfProtoSupported."
     ::= { tn3270eTcpConnEntry 9 }


  -- Conformance Definitions

  tn3270eGroups      OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270eConformance 1 }
  tn3270eCompliances OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { tn3270eConformance 2 }

  -- compliance statements tn3270eCompliance MODULE-COMPLIANCE
      STATUS  current
      DESCRIPTION
          "The compliance statement for agents that support the TN3270
          MIB."
      MODULE -- this module
          MANDATORY-GROUPS { tn3270eBasicGroup,
                             tn3270eSessionGroup
                           }
          GROUP  tn3270ePoolGroup
             DESCRIPTION
               "This group is optional."
          OBJECT tn3270eSrvrConfActivityCheck
             MIN-ACCESS  read-only
             DESCRIPTION
                "The agent is not required to support a set to this
                 object if the associating TN3270 Server doesn't
                 support either TIMEMARK or NOP processing. In



Expires December 1997                                          [Page 26]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


                 this case an agent should return noCheck on
                 retrieval."
          OBJECT tn3270eSrvrConfActivityTimeout
             MIN-ACCESS  read-only
             DESCRIPTION
                "The agent is not required to support a set to this
                 object if the functions enabled by
                 tn3270eSrvrConfActivityCheck are not supported.
                 An agent in this case should return a value of 0."
          OBJECT tn3270eSrvrConfActivityInterval
             MIN-ACCESS  read-only
             DESCRIPTION
                "The agent is not required to support a set to this
                 object if the functions enabled by
                 tn3270eSrvrConfActivityCheck are not supported.
                 An agent in this case should return a value of 0."
          OBJECT  tn3270eTcpConnTargetAppl
             DESCRIPTION
                "A TN3270 Server is not required to support this
                 object if it doesn't provide for Target Application
                 mapping. In this case either a null OCTET STRING
                 can be returned or noSuchObject."
          OBJECT tn3270eTcpConnClientUserId
             DESCRIPTION
                "A TN3270 Server is not required to support this
                 object if it doesn't provide for Target Application
                 mapping. In this case either a null OCTET STRING
                 can be returned or noSuchObject."
      ::= { tn3270eCompliances 1 }

  -- units of conformance

  tn3270eBasicGroup OBJECT-GROUP
      OBJECTS {
          tn3270eSrvrConfInactivityTimer,
          tn3270eSrvrConfActivityCheck,
          tn3270eSrvrConfActivityTimeout,
          tn3270eSrvrConfActivityInterval,
          tn3270eSrvrConfProtoSupported,
          tn3270eSrvrConfAdminStatus,
          tn3270eSrvrConfOperStatus,
          tn3270eSrvrConfSessionTermState,
          tn3270eSrvrConfSrvrType,
          tn3270eSrvrConfRowStatus,
          tn3270eSrvrPortRowStatus,
          tn3270eSrvrStatsUpTime,
          tn3270eSrvrStatsMaxLus,
          tn3270eSrvrStatsLusInUse,



Expires December 1997                                          [Page 27]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


          tn3270eSrvrStatsSpareLus,
          tn3270eSrvrStatsMaxPtrs,
          tn3270eSrvrStatsPtrsInUse,
          tn3270eSrvrStatsSparePtrs,
          tn3270eSrvrStatsConnectsIn,
          tn3270eSrvrStatsConnRejects,
          tn3270eSrvrStatsDisconnects,
          tn3270eResMapIpAddress,
          tn3270eResMapSubnetMask,
          tn3270eResMapElementType,
          tn3270eResMapRowStatus,
          tn3270eIpMapResElementName,
          tn3270eIpMapElementType,
          tn3270eIpMapRowStatus
      }
      STATUS  current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This group is mandatory for all hosts supporting the
           TN3270E-MIB."
      ::= { tn3270eGroups 1 }

  tn3270ePoolGroup OBJECT-GROUP
      OBJECTS {
          tn3270eIpGroupSubnetMask,
          tn3270eIpGroupRowStatus,
          tn3270eResPoolElementType,
          tn3270eResPoolIpGroupName,
          tn3270eResPoolClientPort,
          tn3270eResPoolRowStatus
      }
      STATUS  current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This group is optional and allows a server to configure
           a collection of IP Address and Resource Pools and their
           mappings."
      ::= { tn3270eGroups 2 }

  tn3270eSessionGroup OBJECT-GROUP
      OBJECTS {
          tn3270eTcpConnLastActivity,
          tn3270eTcpConnBytesIn,
          tn3270eTcpConnBytesOut,
          tn3270eTcpConnTargetAppl,
          tn3270eTcpConnResourceName,
          tn3270eTcpConnResourceType,
          tn3270eTcpConnClientUserId,
          tn3270eTcpConnDeviceType,
          tn3270eTcpConnProto



Expires December 1997                                          [Page 28]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


        }
      STATUS  current
      DESCRIPTION
          "This group is mandatory for all hosts supporting the
           TN3270E-MIB."
      ::= { tn3270eGroups 3 }

  END


5.  Security Considerations

  Certain management information defined in this MIB may be considered
  sensitive in some network environments.  Therefore, authentication of
  received SNMP requests and controlled access to management information
  should be employed in such environments.  The method for this
  authentication is a function of the SNMP Administrative Framework, and
  has not been expanded by this MIB.

  Several objects in this MIB allow write access or provide for remote
  creation. Allowing this support in a non-secure environment can have a
  negative effect on network operations.  It is recommended that
  implementers seriously consider whether set operations should be
  allowed without providing, at a minimum, authentication of request
  origin. It it recommended that without such support that the following
  objects be implemented as read-only:

      o tn3270eSrvrConfInactivityTimer
      o tn3270eSrvrConfActivityCheck
      o tn3270eSrvrConfActivityTimeout
      o tn3270eSrvrConfActivityInterval
      o tn3270eSrvrConfAdminStatus
      o tn3270eSrvrConfSessionTermState
      o tn3270eIpGroupSubnetMask
      o tn3270eResPoolIpGroupName
      o tn3270eResPoolElementType
      o tn3270eResPoolClientPort
      o tn3270eResMapIpAddress
      o tn3270eResMapSubnetMask
      o tn3270eResMapElementType
      o tn3270eIpMapResElementName
      o tn3270eIpMapElementType

  The following objects should either be implemented as read-only or not
  implemented when security is an issue as previously discussed:

      o tn3270eSrvrConfRowStatus
      o tn3270eSrvrPortRowStatus



Expires December 1997                                          [Page 29]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


      o tn3270eIpGroupRowStatus
      o tn3270eResPoolRowStatus
      o tn3270eResMapRowStatus
      o tn3270eIpMapRowStatus


6.  Acknowledgments

  This document is a product of the TN3270E Working Group.


7.  References


[1]  SNMPv2 Working Group, Case, J., McCloghrie, K., Rose, M., and
     Waldbusser S., "Structure of Management Information for version 2
     of the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2)", RFC 1902,
     January 1996.


[2]  Network Working Group, Postel, J., and Reynolds, J., "Telnet
     Protocol Specification", RFC 854, May 1983.


[3]  Network Working Group, Postel, J., and Reynolds, J., "Telnet Timing
     Mark Option", RFC 860, May 1983.


[4]  Network Working Group and Rekhter J., "Telnet 3270 Regime Option",
     RFC 1041, January 1988.


[5]  McCloghrie, K., and M. Rose, Editors, "Management Information Base
     for Network Management of TCP/IP-based internets: MIB-II", STD 17,
     RFC 1213, Hughes LAN Systems, Performance Systems International,
     March 1991.


[6]  SNMPv2 Working Group, Case, J., McCloghrie, K., Rose, M., and S.
     Waldbusser, "Textual Conventions for version 2 of the Simple
     Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2)", RFC 1903, January 1996.


[7]  SNMPv2 Working Group, Case, J., McCloghrie, K., Rose, M., and S.
     Waldbusser, "Protocol Operations for version 2 of the Simple
     Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2)", RFC 1905, January 1996.





Expires December 1997                                          [Page 30]





White      TN3270E Management Information Base (TN3270E-MIB)26 June 1997


[8]  SNMPv2 Working Group, Case, J., McCloghrie, K., Rose, M., and S.
     Waldbusser, "Conformance Statements for version 2 of the Simple
     Network Management Protocol (SNMPv2)", RFC 1904, January 1996.


[9]  Case, J., M. Fedor, M. Schoffstall, J. Davin, "Simple Network
     Management Protocol", RFC 1157, SNMP Research, Performance Systems
     International, MIT Laboratory for Computer Science, May 1990.


[10] IETF SNMPv2 Working Group and McCloghrie, K., "TCP-MIB
     Definitions", November 1994.


8.  Authors' Address

  Kenneth D. White
  Dept. G80/Bldg 503
  IBM Corporation
  Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, USA
  E-mail: kennethw@vnet.ibm.com






























Expires December 1997                                          [Page 31]


Received: from cnri by ietf.org id aa05358; 30 Jun 97 8:01 EDT
Received: from list.nih.gov (list.nih.gov [165.112.130.6]) by cnri.reston.va.us (8.8.5/8.7.3) with ESMTPid IAA15164 for <ietf-archive@CNRI.RESTON.VA.US>; Mon, 30 Jun 1997 08:00:26 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from list.nih.gov (terrific.net.nih.gov [165.112.130.6])
	by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with ESMTP id HAA28834;
	Mon, 30 Jun 1997 07:54:00 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from LIST.NIH.GOV by LIST.NIH.GOV (LISTSERV-TCP/IP release 1.8c) with
          spool id 2818148 for TN3270E@LIST.NIH.GOV; Mon, 30 Jun 1997 07:53:58
          -0400
Received: from nmi-gate.netmanage.co.il (root@nmi-gate.netmanage.co.il
          [156.27.240.10]) by list.nih.gov (8.8.5/8.8.5) with SMTP id HAA28821
          for <tn3270e@list.nih.gov>; Mon, 30 Jun 1997 07:53:55 -0400 (EDT)
Received: from Paula_lt.netmanage.co.il (paula2.netmanage.co.il
          [156.27.241.176]) by nmi-gate.netmanage.co.il (8.6.9/8.6.9) with SMTP
          id OAA07488; Mon, 30 Jun 1997 14:53:47 +0300
Date: Mon, 30 Jun 1997 14:51:53 +0200
From: Paula Parash <paulap@netmanage.co.il>
Subject: 3270E server required
To: tn3270e@list.nih.gov
Cc: yoav@netmanage.co.il, zivo@netmanage.co.il
X-Mailer: Z-Mail Pro ZM61_26 (Win32 - 021297), NetManage Inc.
X-Face: 2}PO!JC`@AsQt_C!/L=&b7#i7Sx}n5wNP??S_@q^udbbj5>4)t|J@n(1wrB+Rb`JlA.n1GG
        nsTN>mxYSRg(cVqDz>QO6x*L_9ixh<@qS~$LhOEI0Uas.CRJNSlu39}"G/_"r+E'"TQEF(eoq=9_sA
        '^})vU];Xx3j/0,d(ay\:-!Z*!oC
X-Priority: 3 (Normal)
Message-ID: <Chameleon.867671560.paulap@Paula_lt.netmanage.co.il>
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; CHARSET=ISO-8859-1
Sender: owner-tn3270e@list.nih.gov

Netmanage is about to release a new product which will include its improved 3270E
client.
For the stage of my final tests, I am now looking for 3270E servers out there which
I can access and work against. I am interested in testing both our terminal and
printer clients.

If anyone knows of such servers, I'd appreciate any information you can supply.

Thanks,

Paula










================================================================================

Paula Parash -  Phone ext. 486
SQA Engineer , Haifa.
NetManage Israel Ltd.   Fax  :(972)-4-8550123

E-mail: paulaP@netmanage.co.il
Date : 06/30/97


** Complete PC Connectivity to IBM Mainframe and Midrange **
NetManage Home Page : http://www.NetManage.com
For FREE software  www.netmanage.com

...................................................................................
"At every layer of the protocols, there is a general rule whose application can lead to enormous
benefits in robustness and interoperability : BE LIBERAL IN WHAT YOU ACCEPT, AND CONSERVATIVE IN
WHAT YOU SEND"
...................................................................................


===================================================================================

